Y&R Update Thursday, December 9 2021

Young & The Restless Update

Y&R logo

Recap written by Christine

Ashland went to Victoria’s office and gave her a large bouquet. Delighted, she asked what the occasion was. He said it was about him being thankful for every day of his life with her. He just got his results from the oncologist, and there had been no further spread of the cancer. She hugged him and was thrilled. He clarified that he wasn’t in remission, but it was the best they could hope for this early in the treatment. She wanted to celebrate. At that moment, Lily arrived wanting to talk to Victoria. Ashland left. Victoria congratulated Lily on her new job. Despite everything, Victoria had tremendous respect for Lily, and not just as a businesswoman. Lily appreciated Victoria trying to buy ChancComm, because Lily didn’t want Adam to end up with it. It was hard for Lily to say this, and she hadn’t been sure that she should discuss this with Victoria. Lily knew Billy well, and even though he was trying to hide it, she could tell he was devastated. She’d never been down this road with him before, but she knew Victoria had. Victoria understood that Lily was worried Billy would fall back into his old addictive and self destructive behaviors.

Lily was sure that Victoria had considered the possibility that Billy could backslide if he lost ChancComm. She assumed that was one of the reasons Victoria offered to buy it. Lily said if Adam bought ChancComm, he’d rub it in Billy’s face. Victoria felt that Billy brought a lot of this on himself when he used that damning and unsubstantiated evidence to blackmail her father and brother. Lily thought they should acknowledge that the information on Ashland was true. Lily didn’t condone the way Billy used it, but she asked if Victoria really thought the punishment fit the crime. Should Billy lose everything? Victoria didn’t know Billy was going to take the initiative and step down. Lily countered that Victoria made it clear that if she bought ChancComm, Billy would be out. Sometimes Lily felt like Victoria only wanted to help Billy when it benefited Victoria. “Doesn’t the father of your children deserve better?,” Lily asked. Victoria wondered if Lily was here for advice or to rake her over the coals. Victoria wouldn’t justify her actions as CEO of Newman/Locke, but she’d tell Lily what to look for if Billy suffered a relapse. Lily appreciated that. Victoria said Billy would go missing at times if he relapsed, and when he returned, the story he gave wouldn’t add up. “You’ll know that he’s lying to you,” Victoria said. Victoria said that Billy would start drinking at odd hours of the day and night, but mostly he’d be on a manic high, feeling invincible and like everyone was wrong and he was the only one who was right. Lily knew it would be bad, but this sounded ugly. Victoria said any combination of those signs meant Billy was headed for a fall. Due to the children, Victoria hoped Lily would let her know if Billy did something concerning. Lily said she would. She thanked Victoria and asked her to keep this conversation private. Victoria agreed, and Lily left.

Ashland returned, and Victoria said Lily was worried about Billy and what this huge reversal would do to him emotionally. Ashland recalled that Victoria had the same concerns. Victoria said Lily never dealt with Billy falling off the wagon, so she wanted Victoria’s advice and insight. Ashland said it must not have been easy for Lily to come to Victoria. Victoria thought it showed how concerned Lily must be about the place Billy was in. She said Lily asked her not to tell Billy about the talk. The whole conversation reminded Victoria how bad things could get. Victoria was more convinced that it was best to send the kids to boarding school after the holidays. She hadn’t told Billy yet, but she had to make him see it was for the best.

Adam saw Billy drinking at Society. Adam thought it was a little early. Billy sniped at Adam. Adam said nobody could blame Billy for losing it a bit after that spectacular fall. Billy said he was going to make sure Victor and Adam didn’t get ChancComm. Adam didn’t think Billy had the leverage to stop it. Billy said goodbye. Adam asked why Billy couldn’t leave well enough alone. He wondered why Billy had to mess with Victoria’s future – did he really think she’d appreciate that he still had a protective streak? Adam said Ashland didn’t respond well to attacks, so Billy pretty much set himself up and blew his one chance to prove he could be a leader. Adam said it was too bad, especially given everything Billy had to face. Billy said it didn’t matter what he had to face, it was still better than being Adam. Adam left. Billy revealed what he’d really been drinking when he asked the bartender for another apple juice.

Lily met Billy at ChancComm. She was sure he was feeling awful. He was fine and focused on getting back at the bastards who were responsible for driving him out of here. He laid some groundwork for his plan by making Adam believe he was a mess. He thought Adam loved every minute of it. Billy thought Adam was currently trying to figure out a way to exploit Billy. “Adam and Victor were pretty sure that I was gonna spiral out of control and that’s what I’m gonna let them believe. That I am blowing up my life.”

Lily told Billy about her conversation with Victoria. It bothered Billy that Lily thought he’d backslide. He expected that out of Victoria and Jack, but not Lily. Lily said she went to see Victoria as part of Billy’s plan. To plant the seed that Billy was headed for a fall. Billy thought that was very clever of Lily. To be honest, the conversation with Victoria gave Lily some doubts. She clarified that she loved and trusted and believed in him though. She wished he was coming to Chancellor with her, but she understood why he couldn’t. “I realize now that this wasn’t about business or a company takeover. This was a personal attack on you, which makes it a personal attack on me. And I don’t think Adam should get away with that,” Lily said. She wanted Billy to be able to clear his name so he could move on. She also realized that Victoria was a part of this – whether she was a willing participant or turned a blind eye, she was willing to let this happen to him. Meanwhile, Victoria’s husband was getting away with all his crimes. She was sorry if she made him feel like she’d broken trust with him even for a second. He said she didn’t; given his past he thought it made sense that she’d want to know what she was in for. Lily promised she wasn’t giving up on Billy the way Victoria did. She said she probably should’ve talked to him before she went to Victoria, but she did this for his plan. Billy was sure that this would get back to Victor and Adam and reinforce the narrative they thought about him. “That’s actually kind of perfect. You are kind of perfect,” he said, and he kissed her. He loved her and was grateful he was in this with her. They kissed again.

Mariah was at The Grand Phoenix. After she finished a work call, Victor showed up. He told her she was missed yesterday at the party. She blamed work obligations. She thought it was amazing that Chance was alive and well, and she said Bowie was luck to have both his parents. Victor asked about that name. She explained that it was the nickname she gave the baby when she was carrying him. He thought it was cute. He knew Abby and Chance were grateful to Mariah for delivering the child safely after everything she went through. She asked how Chance was, noting that he’d gone through an ordeal. Victor acknowledged that Mariah had also gone through an ordeal. He was going to see to it that she got justice, and he was there if she ever needed anything. She was fine, she was just trying to move on. He said that she and Chance would always be loved and supported by the entire family. He thanked her, then he parted ways.

At Crimson Lights, Sharon asked Tessa for guidance on buying a Christmas gift for Mariah. Unfortunately for Sharon, Mariah hadn’t told Tessa what she wanted. However, Tessa thought Sharon would be able to find the right gift. Tessa was sure Sharon would be happy to have Noah home for Christmas. Sharon said it would be wonderful having the kids with her. She always encouraged the kids to follow their dreams wherever it took them, but she hoped Noah would make this move permanent. Noah walked in and asked what was going on. Sharon said they were talking about Christmas gifts. Noah wanted to take some pictures of Tessa to use in the album art. He wanted the pictures to be at her most honest and raw, like her songs, stripped down and simple in a beautiful way. Sharon said Tessa came a long way from that young woman busking by the patio. Tessa said there had been a lot of changes, but that person was still inside her.

That gave Noah the idea to take pictures of Tessa on the patio. Tessa loved it. Sharon closed off the patio to customers. This was how Noah liked to work, no one looking over his shoulder and micromanaging him. Tessa did too. He said Adam asked him to do more freelance work for Newman Media. Tessa asked if that was a good thing, and Noah didn’t know. Sharon thought it was a wonderful opportunity for Noah to showcase his talents, plus he’d get well paid and contribute to a family business. Noah wasn’t eager to work with Adam. Sharon thought that Noah could at least give Adam some credit for the positive changes he made. Noah stated that Adam did terrible things to them. Sharon knew better than anyone how toxic any relationship with Adam could be, but she was sincerely convinced he was working hard to overcome his destructive ways. She thought Noah saw some of that too. Noah appreciated what Adam did for Faith, but he didn’t know if he bought Adam’s change. Sharon asked Noah to approach this like any other job offer and to focus on who Adam was now and not his past.

Later, Tessa and Noah were alone on the patio. He snapped a few pictures, and he asked how it felt to recreate the past. She felt like she was tapping into something she didn’t know was still there. He thought it was nice to let the soul guide you sometimes. She said was how she wrote – the best things came from her heart. That was how he worked too. Mariah was on her way out to the patio, but she stopped when she heard the conversation. Noah talked about what an incredible artist Tessa was. He saw her gift at the first session at Devon’s studio. She laughed, remembering what a nervous wreck she was. Mariah smiled at Tessa, who didn’t notice her. Noah said Tessa worked through it, released her first single and the rest was history. Noah was so proud of Tessa that day, and he knew Mariah was too. He said that Mariah was there that day in the studio because Devon knew Tessa would want Mariah there. Noah guessed Devon saw that connection back then. Tessa said Mariah had been there this entire crazy wild ride – they’d been through so much together. Noah asked Tessa to tell him about it.

Tessa said that Mariah believed in her when she barely believed in herself. Noah thought everyone needed a Mariah in their life. Tessa said that there was this music producer who tried to give Tessa this image that wasn’t what she wanted. Mariah was the one who gave Tessa the courage to stand up to the producer and be who she was. Tessa said Mariah produced a video where Tessa performed in public places. Tessa didn’t think she knew what it was to be in love or to be loved unconditionally – it was exhilarating and hard. Especially when you saw your person hurting and you didn’t know how to take the pain away. All you could do was hurt with them and feel what they felt, including the kind of love that consumed you. When times were good, it made you so happy that your heart ached. Mariah was choked up.

Mariah went to the counter and chatted with Sharon. She said she didn’t want to interrupt the creative flow on the patio. Sharon wanted to talk about why Mariah skipped Chance’s party last night. Sharon sensed that Mariah felt the feelings of attachment toward the baby were something bad or to be ashamed of. That wasn’t how Mariah felt. The feelings were just incredibly overwhelming, but she was dealing with them. Sharon was proud of Mariah, but she said Mariah shouldn’t feel like she should suddenly be over the traumatic ordeal. Sharon thought Chance, more than anyone, understood that. Mariah mentioned that Victor said something incredibly similar. Sharon told Mariah that no one was judging Mariah, and she shouldn’t think of herself as a problem. Mariah didn’t think of herself as a problem, and she was no longer obsessing over the baby. She said Abby and Chance had a lot to deal with, and Mariah didn’t want to be another complication. Sharon said Mariah wasn’t a complication. Mariah didn’t mean that she was a complication, but the situation was. She said that life went on while Chance was gone, and now he’d been dropped into a life he’d been AWOL from, plus there was a baby involved now. She said it had to be hard for Chance to adjust, and Bowie had to be picking up on that. Sharon was sure it was hard for all of them to adjust, but it was important that they support each other for the sake of the baby. Mariah said Dominic would always be at the forefront of her mind, and they had to make decisions on what was best for him.

Back out on the patio, Noah thought that they got some great work today. Tessa usually hated photo shoots, but Noah made it natural and easy. It was special. She smiled and turned away. “Yeah, it was,” he murmured while watching her from behind.

Mariah and Tessa went home. Mariah said Tessa was beaming, and she could tell Tessa felt good about the photo shoot. Tessa did. She said Noah had a such a creative eye, and she couldn’t wait to see what he came up with. Tessa saw Mariah and Sharon talking earlier and it seemed intense. Mariah was feeling a bit in limbo, and she was wondering if she made the right call skipping the party. She wanted to be there for Abby and Chance, but she didn’t want her issues to be a distraction. After talking with her mom, she felt really good about deciding not to go. Tessa said Mariah could’ve come to her about it. Mariah felt like all she did was talk about things with the baby when she should be focusing on Tessa’s career and album. Tessa said nothing was more important to her than Tessa. Mariah knew. She saw Tessa and Noah, and she heard all the wonderful things Tessa said about her. Tessa meant every word, and Mariah felt like she might start crying again. Tessa said she loved Mariah and they kissed.

Back at Crimson Lights, Noah smiled at the photos of Tessa.

Victor went to work and said hi to Adam. Adam thought Victor was avoiding him. Victor said he’d been busy with Abby and Chance’s return. Victor asked why Adam needed to see him. Adam said they had to put together an impressive proposal for ChancComm that would knock Jill’s socks off. Victor said he’d decided to let Victoria bid for ChancComm without their interference. Adam was upset. He said Victoria was going to use ChancComm to go after Newman Media, just like Billy did. Victor wanted Victoria to have ChancComm, since she never should’ve sold it to Billy in the first place. Adam griped that Victoria said she sold ChancComm as a business move, while what she really did was make a gift to Billy. Victor said that ChancComm would go back to Newman Enterprises where it belonged. Adam complained that Victoria’s lousy decision was being undone, while he was being forced to be the scrappy underdog. Victor said people always root for the underdog. Adam wondered if Victor had a secret motive – was he hoping for a media war with his children? Was this another test? Victor walked out.

Victor went to Victoria’s office. Victoria said she and Ashland had good news. Ashland was happy to report there had been no further spread of the cancer. Victor was glad to hear that. Victor said he decided that Newman Media wasn’t going to compete for ChancComm. He wanted ChancComm to return to the fold of Newman/Locke. Victoria asked if Adam was on board with it. Victor said that Adam had no choice but to go along with it. Victoria suggested that Adam might make his own bid. Victor said that Adam didn’t have the financial wherewithal to make his own bid, so Victor didn’t care what Adam thought.

Meanwhile, Adam was back at the office making phone calls and trying to find investors. So far, he wasn’t having any luck.

A woman entered Society wearing all black and, large dark sunglasses and a hat to hide her face. Her black painted nails were visible as she snapped photos of Billy holding his drink.

Back to the Main Days of Our Lives Page

Back to the Y&R Updates Page

Y&R cast animation

Y&R Update Wednesday, December 8 2021

Young & The Restless Update

Y&R logo

Recap written by Christine

Sharon and Rey talked at Crimson Lights. Sharon raised Rey’s suspicions when she started questioning him about a book he’d recently read. She admitted that she was trying to get the author’s name because she was going to buy him the rest of the series for Christmas. She said he was a great husband, but impossible to buy gifts for. He said he didn’t need gifts; all he needed was her. She was determined to get him something, but she had no idea where to start. She noted that he didn’t wear the shirts she bought him. She just wanted to get him something he liked. He suggested a vacation for two. She didn’t think that would work, since his partner, Chance just came back. He said last year she gave him the perfect gift – the wedding. She said they couldn’t top last year because they weren’t getting married again, but they could try.

Jack went to the Grand Phoenix, and Phyllis started to strike up a conversation, but Billy walked in, and that was who Jack was here to meet. The brothers stepped into the lounge. Billy woke up with a great idea that he needed Jack’s help with. He asked Jack to join him in buying ChancComm from Jill. Billy was hoping his mom would give him a family discount. Jack asked why they’d want to buy ChancComm when it was facing a major lawsuit from Ashland. Billy said Ashland’s lawsuit was based on a lie. Billy thought there was evidence out there to prove Ashland was a criminal, and Billy wanted to fight. Billy added that Jack would get a big win over Victor, which he’d been wanting. After the way Victor and Adam treated Billy, he didn’t want to give them the win they so desperately wanted. “I am asking for your help one last time,” Billy said.

Jack turned Billy down because he thought it was a bad idea. Billy pointed out that Jack was willing to invest when ChancComm wanted to buy Cyaxares. Jack was open to buying Cyaxares because he’d thought that was what Billy needed in his life at the time. Billy said everything was fine before they went after Cyaxares; business was great, and he and Lily were in a happy healthy relationship. Jack said Billy couldn’t keep it going. Billy disagreed – he and Lily were still happy and healthy, and business was going fantastic until Adam and Victor set their trap. Jack noted that Billy walked right into the trap. “Billy I am not going to enable your latest addiction,” Jack said. Jack thought Billy was addicted to power or vengeance or taking a gamble. Billy thought that Jack was taking everything and twisting it into some narrative that he was addicted or obsessive. He said he was only doing his job, looking for a story, and he found the truth. Jack said Billy exploited the story until Adam and Victor turned the tables. Jack told Billy to let it go. Billy felt like he couldn’t count on Jack for anything. Jack told Billy to listen to himself and how desperate he sounded. After what Billy did at Victoria’s wedding, Jack didn’t think going after ChancComm was the right path for Billy. Jack said there were too many temptations and triggers. Jack asked if Billy had thought of something else to do. Rey walked in and overheard Jack say that Jill was handing control of Chancellor to Lily. Jack told Billy that there would always be a place for him at Jabot. Jack urged Billy to seek balance in his life and give up the need to hurt Adam. Billy said that wasn’t what this was about. He tried to make his pitch again, but Jack’s mind was made up.

Jack went back to Phyllis. He told her that Billy had his priorities confused again. Phyllis said there was no doubt Billy had to get his priorities straight. She didn’t judge because she’d been the same way sometimes. She rambled about priorities without actually making a point, while he listened with a confused expression. She said that if she had a friend, she’d be loyal to the end. He asked if everything was okay, and he asked if they could go somewhere private to talk.

Rey joined Billy and guessed things didn’t work out how Billy thought it would. Billy said he got played and walked into a trap he should’ve seen coming. Rey asked about the trap, but Billy said to relax because it didn’t concern Rey. Billy said that he didn’t blackmail Adam, Adam misread the situation, and he wasn’t the only one to do that. He looked over at Jack. Billy offered to buy Rey a bloody Mary. Rey passed. Billy suspected Rey was there to arrest him. He maintained that he never blackmailed Adam. Billy said that he was the one who should be pressing charges for the hack into ChancComm’s server. Rey wasn’t there to arrest Billy – the DA didn’t think there was enough to bring it to court. Rey had advice – bending the law never worked out. Billy asked if Rey told the Newmans that. Billy thought he and Rey both wanted to end this conversation forever. Rey never wanted to arrest Billy again. Billy assumed it was a different story for Adam.

Phyllis and Jack went up to her suite, and she continued to ramble about nothing. Jack stated that Phyllis could read the phone book and make it interesting, but she seemed anxious and jittery. Jack blamed himself. He said something shifted when he said he still loved her. He’d noticed some confusion between them ever since she broke up with Nick. He apologized. She assured him there was nothing to be sorry for. She said he’d been so kind and generous and supportive of her relationship with Nick. She said he rescued her from an abysmal Thanksgiving. “So my confessing my love for you didn’t change anything,” Jack asked. Phyllis said maybe it did, but that was life. She stated that their friendship was stronger than ever, and she wanted it to stay that way.

Jack agreed with Phyllis about their friendship. She said they were good at talking things out. He thought that was because they’d been through so much. He stated that what they had was rare. Who’d think they’d be able to maintain this kind of friendship after the hell they put each other through, he asked. She admitted she put him through hell. He wasn’t trying to blame anyone. He just thought they needed to establish some firm and clear boundaries. Despite what he said about the feelings he had for her, it didn’t mean he though they should try again. In his experience, what the heart wanted and what reality could provide were different. He said he wasn’t going to try and rekindle things if it meant glossing over the pain from their past. Even if it was possible, he couldn’t afford to make that mistake again. It took a lot for him to put his heart back together, and he wasn’t going to put himself in the position to get it broken again. He couldn’t handle that.

Adam ran into Sally at Society, and he joined her. He was thinking about her run in with Billy yesterday. Sally recalled Adam telling her to stay out of his business. Adam had a change of heart. Lily happened by, and she ducked behind a corner and eavesdropped when she overheard them discussing Billy. Sally thought Adam was asking her to spy. He wasn’t asking her to be Mata Hari, but he figured that since she seemed to have some rapport with Billy, she could let Adam know if Billy did anything strange or concerning. No pressure, and this wasn’t an assignment. She said that was good because she was in fashion, not gossip. Despite his assurances that this wouldn’t negatively affect Newman Media or her career, she felt worried. He said this wasn’t corporate espionage, since Billy wasn’t involved in a corporation anymore. Sally said Adam bested Billy, so she wanted to know what was driving his continued interest. He suggested that he was genuinely concerned. He said it wasn’t his intention to push Billy over the edge. Adam stated that he wasn’t that vicious, and Lily rolled her eyes.

Sally asked if Adam was saying he suddenly had empathy for Billy. Adam said Billy had far more reason to hate him than he had to hate Billy. Sally pointed out that the last time they talked, Adam said not to feel too badly for Billy. Adam said that was a reflexive response. Adam liked to think he was more evolved, and he thought he went too far. He and his dad liked to say that this was just business, but it was impossible to deny that it was personal, maybe too personal since Billy was the father of Adam’s niece and nephew. Sally noted that Adam was expressing regret. Adam said he didn’t want this battle to get worse, and Billy could get hurt. Sally asked why Adam went after Billy so hard in the first place. Adam did it because he thought he could shut Billy down and end the war between them, at least for now. “Because I don’t think Billy could take another loss like that,” Adam said. Lily left.

Sally and Adam went back to his office. She asked what kind of information he needed her to get from Billy to quash this battle. He told her to forget he asked. He didn’t think he should drag her into this. She asked if he didn’t trust her. He felt that she was right to be wary from the beginning. He said they had no control over whether Billy was self destructing, and they shouldn’t insert themselves into it. He said that Billy had Lily and his family and friends to help him. Adam just hoped that Billy didn’t drag too many people down with him. From what Sally heard, Billy did drag people down with him, and she didn’t want to be one of them. She’d worked too hard to get her career back on track, and she thought she succeeded. He told her to focus on her job and not to let Billy’s potential stunts distract her. He said to forget they ever had this conversation, then he swiveled his chair around so he wasn’t looking at her anymore. She got up and left.

Lily went home and told Billy what she just overheard. Billy said he’d fed Sally a few tidbits for her to repeat to Adam, and she did just what he’d expected her to do. Billy said that Adam clearly wanted more information, which meant Billy’s plan was going to work. Billy thanked Lily for spying on the spy. She said she wasn’t trying to be a spy. He wasn’t asking her to – he wasn’t Adam. He asked her to put what happened today out of her mind because it wasn’t her fault. He thought that what she saw today was Adam primed for a fall, which Billy was going to hand to him. She had no problem with his plan working. She was actually concerned it’d work too well. She said this could have lasting effects on him. He knew, but he was willing to take the risk and he hoped she could trust him. She wanted to, but she thought he must understand her reservations. He did understand, but he’d tried other options, and Jill was a dead end, and Jack wouldn’t help him buy ChancComm. He felt like he was running out of time because if Adam was trying to recruit Sally, that meant that the Newmans weren’t resting on their laurels. Billy didn’t think Adam and Victor would stop until he was broken. He said he had to defend himself, and he’d do her best to keep her out of this, but he wanted to know he had her support. Lily knew she and Billy were in the right and that Victor and Adam pulled shady maneuvers to come after ChancComm and to help Ashland get away with his crimes. She just knew how dangerous Adam could be, and she didn’t know how far he’d go to hurt Billy. Lily had misgivings about Billy’s plan, but she believed in him and she loved him. He kissed her and said he couldn’t ask for anything more than that.

Esther went to Crimson Lights after Rey left. Esther was having trouble finding the perfect Christmas gifts for her grandchildren even though she lived with them and watched them while their parents were at work. Sharon felt better about herself because she was having the same problem with Rey. Sharon noted that Kevin worked at the police station. She asked Esther if he ever said anything about Rey that could point her in the right direction. The only think Esther remembered Kevin saying recently was that Rey was happy Chance made it home safe. Sharon said they all were.

Sharon mentioned that Rey was going to visit Chance today. Esther wanted to visit too, but she didn’t because Jill was in town. That was one of the things Esther didn’t miss about the Chancellor mansion. Esther remembered when Chance was a baby. She couldn’t believe he had a son of his own. When they thought Chance died, her heart broke for that little boy who’d grow up without his daddy. She was glad Chance was alright. Sharon hoped Chance wouldn’t have any lingering effects. Esther didn’t realize he was injured. Sharon heard Chance made a fully physical recovery, but she was concerned about his emotional state. So much had changed since he left – a year ago he was a newlywed, and he spent all this time away, and he was suddenly a father.

Abby and Chance relaxed at their home, while Dominic slept upstairs. He noticed she got new throw pillows. She replaced them because Dominic spit up on the old ones. He was sorry he missed out. He looked around and he saw little things that reminded him of the moments he missed, and it made him feel sad and guilty. She didn’t want him to feel that way. She assured him there were plenty of precious moments to come. Nina video called in, and they all chatted. She couldn’t wait to get back to Genoa City to see him with his son. Chance said he wasn’t going anywhere, and Nina noted that she’d heard that before. He promised he meant it this time.

Chance watched Dominic on a monitoring app, and he loved it. Rey showed up and hugged his partner, Chance. Rey passed along a message from the chief that Chance was welcome at the GCPD whenever he was ready. Everyone at the station missed Chance and couldn’t wait to see him. Abby said it was up to Chance, but she thought he needed time to recover. She wanted to spend more time with him before he joined the force. Chance added that he wanted to spend time with his new son too. Rey left, and Chance watched the baby on the phone again. He wanted to know everything about Dominic. She asked where to start, and he asked about the first day she brought Dominic home. Abby said she’d show him, and she left the room. She came back with the video journal, and she said making it helped her feel close to him. He understood because there were so many days when he could hear her voice in his head.

Chance and Abby watched an emotional video Abby recorded when she said she needed him home with her, and hated that she was going through this all alone. Abby thought they should skip this video, but Chance said he wanted to see what she was going through. In the video, Abby said she didn’t understand why she hadn’t heard from Chance in awhile.

Abby apologized because she didn’t remember what was in those videos, but Chance said she had nothing to apologize for. He was glad he saw them because he was learning how much pain he caused her. He promised to find a way to make it up to her. She leaned in for a kiss, and Dominic cried. She was going to go upstairs, but he said he’d do it because he needed to learn to do this.

Rey went back to Crimson Lights after Esther left. He told Sharon that Chance was physically recovering, but Rey wasn’t sure when Chance would come back to the force. Sharon said it could take some time. She knew the situation wasn’t the same, but she’d seen Mariah struggle with what Stitch did to her. Rey wished he could help his friend. Sharon said sometimes spending time with friends and family could do wonders. They could do that for Mariah and Chance.

Back to the Main Days of Our Lives Page

Back to the Y&R Updates Page

Y&R cast animation

Y&R Update Tuesday, December 7 2021

Young & The Restless Update

Y&R logo

Recap written by Christine

Jill, Ashley and Jack arrived at the party. Nikki, Victor, Victoria and Ashland were already there, as well as Abby and the guest of honor, Chance. Victor told everyone that Chance was a true hero. Victor explained that Chance’s colleagues were killed in a safe house explosion, and they couldn’t publicly discuss this situation until the case was closed. Ashley praised Abby for never losing faith in Chance. Abby said she never would, then she kissed Chance. Jack made his way to Phyllis. He hoped everyone would find someone to look at them the way Chance and Abby looked at each other. He was in awe of his niece. Phyllis said it was a special kind of love. Jack thought about what Chance endured. Victor joined them and thanked Jack. Phyllis excused herself. Victor owed Jack for going with Ashley to search for Abby. Jack felt he’d done what anyone would. Victor asked about Chance’s injuries. Jack said that Chance was quiet on the plane ride home. He thought it might take some time for Chance to adjust to life in Genoa City.

Chance and Abby were hanging off by themselves. She went to get him some water. Nikki went over and welcomed Chance home. She could tell that he didn’t want to be there. He said he’d been staying away from crowds over the last few months. Nikki said they were all proud of Chance, and Katherine would be too. Nikki said this night was supposed to be more intimate, but Victor thought he deserved a hero’s welcome. She noted that, since he saw everyone all at once, that would mean less people would drop by his home. He felt humbled that all these people showed up and that Victor thought so highly of him. Victor walked up. Chance said thanks for the party and for what Victor did for Abby and Dominic. Victor said Chance was a Newman now. Nikki said Katherine would insist on them celebrating the good times. Victor said Abby’s faith brought Chance home, and Victor hoped he stayed for a long time. Chance promised he’d make up for the time he lost with Abby. He was already second guessing some of the decisions he’d made that took him away from her. Victor said it was over, and Chance could leave all that behind.

Abby was with Victoria and Ashland. She was sorry she missed the wedding. Ashland knew what it was like to have a newborn. Victoria added that Abby had been a single parent. Abby said Dominic’s father was back, and she was going to cherish every moment with him. Abby called Chance over, and he met Ashland. Ashland praised Chance for his remarkable and rare sense of honor and duty, and he joked that he was just talking about Chance having the gall to marry a Newman. Things turned serious, and Victoria said Chance really was an inspiration to them all.

Victor made a speech about Chance, Dominic and Abby. He called Chance a hero. Chance seemed on edge, and he went into the vestibule and did some deep breathing. Devon arrived and asked if Chance was okay. Chance explained that he just wasn’t used to the adulation. He felt like Devon was the one who should be commended. Devon said he didn’t do anything. Chance said Devon created his son, rescued Mariah and he took care of Dominic while Abby was searching for Chance. Devon said it took a village. Chance was glad he wasn’t the only one uncomfortable with the hero label. Devon didn’t think he was a hero. He also didn’t think Chance should downplay the lengths he went to to protect people. Chance said he should’ve been protecting his wife and son.

Back inside, Victor wished Jill the best in her retirement. She said she’d be as retired as he was, because she was staying on in an advisory capacity. He thought it was interesting that she nominated Lily as her successor. Jill said that Lily wasn’t the first person to run a company without going to business school. Jill and Victor did it. Victor thought Katherine would be proud of how Jill honored her legacy. Jill asked if Katherine would be proud of Victor for selling Chancellor to Jill years ago. He thought so. He told her to keep Billy away from the reins of the company if she wanted it to prosper. “Lucky me. You approve,” Jill coolly said. They clinked glasses, and Victoria watched them interacting from afar.

Chance and Devon went in. Chance thought it was a shame Mariah couldn’t make it. He owed her so much. Abby asked about Amanda, and Devon said she was with her sister. Chance realized he’d missed a lot, and Devon said he’d have to catch him up. Devon said Amanda and Imani were negotiating a lease on a space for their law practice. Abby said she’d love to thank Amanda for playing such a big part in Dominic’s little world.

Victoria approached Jill and said Newman/Locke would pay whatever it took to buy ChancComm, and selling to them would help Chancellor save face. She said ChancComm had many outlets that were Newman property, so it’d show the public that this was more about balancing the scales than a failure on Chancellor’s part. She added that it’d be beneficial to Billy not to lose to Adam again. Jill thought it was fascinating that Victoria was focused on helping Billy when she was part of the plan to bring him down.

Later, Nikki asked Victoria if she’d heard from her brother. Victoria didn’t think Nick was coming.

Ashley asked Phyllis if she enjoyed the long-distance Thanksgiving feast with Jack. Phyllis liked it. It was a nice distraction. Phyllis said she had a dream, and Ashley was in it. Ashley wanted to know how big a role her brother had in the dream. Phyllis said he was in it, but they weren’t together, and there were worse fates for Jack than her.

Ashland asked Victoria what she learned on her reconnaissance mission. She said she learned that Jill loved the game as much as Victor. That meant Victoria and Ashland would have to up their game.

Chance thanked everyone for coming and his in-laws for putting this together. He felt blessed to come home to Abby and his baby. He recognized the team that laid down their lives, who weren’t just colleagues; they were family. Everyone raised a glass. Chance had spent more time away from Genoa City than in it, but he was glad he got to call this place home. Now he was husband to the most loving woman he’d ever met and father to the most adorable baby in the world. He promised he’d never go anywhere without them again. Once his speech was finished, he quietly asked Abby if they could leave. Abby told Victor, Ashley and Nikki that she and Chance needed to get home to Dominic. Everyone said their goodbyes.

Sharon wondered why Nick was at Crimson Lights instead of at Chance’s party. Nick didn’t want to ruin the celebration with his presence. She said he missed Victoria’s wedding, and he couldn’t miss Abby’s celebration too. He didn’t want to put Chance through any more of the Newman family drama. He told her that Ashland summoned him and basically demanded that Nick tell him all the reasons he didn’t like and trust him. Nick did so, and Victoria walked in. Victoria was the one to tell him Chance was alive, which was just further proof he was out of the loop in the family. Sharon had assumed Nick just didn’t run into Phyllis. Nick said he and Phyllis had kept things civil, but tonight, things could blow up, and he didn’t want a champagne bucket of ice dumped on his head. Sharon didn’t think Nick should let a little bad blood stop him from welcoming Chance home. She told him to go show Abby he was the great big brother she knew and loved.

Nick still didn’t want to go, and Sharon asked what was really bothering him. He asked if she thought he was pushing people away. She assumed Phyllis said that. He clarified that Victoria said it. Sharon thought Victoria was just being a sibling pushing her brother’s buttons. Nick asked if Victoria could be right. Sharon said Victoria was wrong, because Sharon was still Nick’s friend and she wasn’t going anywhere. She said he was a good man, and the problem was he expected other people to be as good. She said that if he was looking for someone to blame for his relationships being in a tangle, she could point him in the right direction, but sometimes nobody was at fault, and things just didn’t work out.

Mariah was going to come in, but she changed her mind when she saw Nick and Sharon having a talk. Sharon saw her and called her back in. Nick left. Sharon asked why Mariah wasn’t at Chance’s party. Mariah had spent the last two hours trying to talk herself into going. Mariah couldn’t be happier Chance was alive, but the party was for close family. Sharon said Mariah was family. Mariah said she just carried the baby. She thought it would be weird if she went to the party. She wasn’t sure he knew how attached she got to his baby. Sharon knew it might be awkward at first, but once they got past that, it could be a positive experience. Sharon said she just tried to convince Nick to go to the same party. Mariah didn’t think it felt right for her to go. She said this should be Chance’s moment to shine, and she didn’t want anything to take away from that, so it’d be best if she sat this one out.

Nick went to the party, and Devon said that Abby and Chance were already gone. Nick thought it must be nice for Devon not to have to rush home to a baby. Devon said it was quieter, then he excused himself and left the party. Nikki joined Nick and asked him to stay. He saw Phyllis from behind and Jack walking up to her. Nick said he had some things to do, and he left.

Jack told Phyllis that it was good seeing her tonight. He liked the party, and he thought she had a way of making things special. She was disappointed he was leaving already instead of having a drink with her. He thought it was a great invitation, but he had to pass because he was jet lagged. He wished her sweet dreams, then he left.

Ashley told Victor and Nikki that she was worried about Chance. Victor agreed. He thought Chance seemed psychologically fragile.

Chance and Abby were home, and she wondered if she was hovering too much. He said no. He assured her he had a great time at the party. He thought Ashland was a character. She was happy Victoria found her perfect match. He’d hoped to see Nick. Abby thought he skipped the party because he broke up with Phyllis. Chance said that was too bad, and Abby said not everyone was as lucky as they were. He was glad to be home. He promised he’d never put her through hell like that again – nothing was more important than being her husband and Dom’s father.

Chance spent time alone with Dominic and said no one would ever love him the way Chance and Abby did. Chance confided that he loved Dominic a little bit more because the baby made him a dad. Chance said it wasn’t a miracle that he survived – Dominic was the miracle. The voices of people calling Chance a hero and showering him in praise echoed in his head, and he looked shaken.

Back to the Main Days of Our Lives Page

Back to the Y&R Updates Page

Y&R cast animation

Y&R Update Monday, December 6 2021

Young & The Restless Update

Y&R logo

Recap written by Christine

Victoria and Victor ran into each other at Crimson Lights. He said they needed to talk, but she didn’t think this was the time or the place to discuss ChancComm. He explained that this wasn’t about business. He confided that Abby found Chance, and Victoria was shocked and happy. Victor invited Victoria to the welcome home party tonight at The Grand Phoenix. Victoria said, before she and Ashland accepted the invite, she and Victor should discuss the ChancComm situation.

The only reason that Victor would be upset with Victoria is if he found out she was trying to buy ChancComm to protect Billy. She assured him that wasn’t her motivation. It was purely business. He said it was a mistake for her to sell that division. In retrospect, she agreed, and that was why she proposed to Ashland that they get it back. Victor was pleased to hear that it was Victoria’s idea. Victoria said Ashland was 100% behind her. She knew that Victor wasn’t happy about Ashland’s involvement. Victoria added that Adam wasn’t happy either, and he’d called Ashland’s involvement a betrayal of Newman Media. Victor said that Adam didn’t like to be bested. “None of us Newmans do. Must be something in the genes,” Victoria said. Victor said that was very true. He was happy that Ashland was part of humiliating Billy and making him resign. Beyond that, Victor didn’t care about ChancComm. It was another piece on the chessboard. He said that Victoria and Adam were vying for the prize, and may the best competitor win. Victoria wondered if Victor was going to try and tip the scales, and he said no, because ChancComm meant nothing to him. He loved his family, and he was very proud of Victoria. He had to go see Nikki, so he said goodbye and left.

Nick arrived at Victoria’s office, thinking that Victoria and Ashland wanted to meet with him. Ashland clarified that he was the only one there. He’d called Nick because they hadn’t had a chance to speak in private since Tuscany. Victoria told Ashland that she and Nick had a heart to heart over his breakup with Phyllis. Ashland was sorry that didn’t work out. Nick was not interested in discussing that with Ashland. Ashland said it was clear that Victoria and Nick hadn’t completely mended fences. Nick said that was none of Ashland’s business. Ashland countered that Victoria was his wife. Nick said that this was a family matter, and Ashland stated that he was family now. Ashland asked if Nick still regretted that Victoria and Ashland got married.

Ashland said Victoria was happy, but he knew how much family meant to her, so he wanted to put an end to the tension between him and Nick. Nick didn’t think that was going to happen. Ashland said Victoria forgave him. Nick thought that was insane. “You let your best friend die. And then you stole his identity and then you robbed your mentor of her fortune,” Nick said. Nick knew Ashland filed a lawsuit against ChancComm, but he knew everything in that article was true. Nick also knew that Ashland never would’ve told Victoria the truth if Nick didn’t pursue this. Nick said he’d never forget what Ashland did, and he’d never think it was okay. He thought that Ashland was an opportunist with no moral standards. Nick assumed the rest of the family was giving Ashland a pass because he was sick. “If I were to find out tomorrow that that you were no longer dying, I’d have to wonder if you were ever sick in the first place,” Nick snapped. Ashland appreciated Nick’s honesty. Nick was trying to stay out of Victoria’s business, but if he found out Ashland hurt or took advantage of Victoria, Ashland would have an enemy in Nick for life. Victoria walked in and heard Nick’s last statement.

Victoria stood by Ashland and demanded to know why Nick threatened her husband and broke his promise to stay out of her personal life. Nick said he’d been honest at Ashland’s request. Ashland admitted that was true. Victoria thought that Nick should give Ashland a chance to prove he’d changed. She said that Ashland was worthy of her love and trust. She couldn’t deal with this now, because she had other things on her mind. She informed Nick that Chance was alive and home with Abby, and Nikki and Victor were throwing a party tonight at the The Grand Phoenix. Nick was put out because nobody told him about all this. Victoria said she only knew because she ran into Victor at Crimson Lights earlier. She was sure no one was personally slighting Nick. He didn’t want to think about Victor. Victoria was sorry things disintegrated between Victor and Nick, but she thought Nick had a pattern of blaming others for what was happening in his life. She felt like Nick was alienating people and that he always felt like he was right and that everyone else was in the wrong. She suggested he ask himself if he was doing something that was at the root of all this. He said he’d see her at the party and he left.

Ashland thought Victoria was being a little too hard on her brother. He said that he thought Nick wanted to work things out, which was why he invited him over for a talk. Victoria was kind of stunned Ashland was coming to Nick’s defense after the way Nick treated him. Ashland admitted Nick wasn’t wrong about the things Ashland did. Ashland was more impressed with the special love Victoria and Nick had for each other. “Who knew that one of your first duties as a Newman would be to play family peacemaker,” Victoria said. Ashland found it kind of refreshing after going into battle all these years. Maybe death had changed his perspective. Victoria didn’t want to talk about that – only positive thoughts during this new treatment. She asked if he was up for a night with her family. He said that if she wanted to go, so did he, because he wanted to be wherever she was.

Chance was at home. He looked through is box of mementos and pulled out a medal. Abby and Dominic came in, and she asked if Chance was okay. He said he was exactly where he wanted to be – home. They admired their baby and said he was perfect. He was sorry he wasn’t there to protect Mariah and the baby from Stitch. Abby didn’t want Chance to blame himself. That was the past. She told him that Victor was setting up a welcome home party. Chance wasn’t sure he was ready to face a group. Abby said she’d cancel, but Chance changed his mind and said he wanted to see everyone. The baby was in the bassinet, and Chance said he wanted to be with Abby. They set up the baby monitor, then they rushed up the stairs.

Later, Chance wanted to learn how to care for Dominic, so he held him. Abby admitted that, before this moment, Devon had been the only one to get Dominic to calm down without feeding him. She said Chance had the magic touch. Chance was glad Devon had been there for Abby and Dominic. Abby said that Devon had been the best friend that anyone could ask for. They prepared for the party, and he said as long as he had her by his side, he thought he could face everything.

Nikki and Phyllis were at the hotel. Nikki and Victor had set up a little cocktail party for Chance, and Nikki thanked Phyllis for helping her. Adam walked up and said Victor missed their meeting and wasn’t returning Adam’s calls. Phyllis assumed this had something to do with the bidding for ChancComm. Nikki said that Victor had just been dealing with more important things, like letting the family know about Chance’s return. Adam didn’t realize Chance was alive and back. Nikki was sorry – she’d mentioned it so casually because she thought Adam knew. She invited him to the get together tonight, but he said he and Connor already had plans. Noah showed up, because he was supposed to meet Victor there. Nikki said that Victor was running a little late. Adam admitted that he was the one who had Victor reach out to Noah, reasoning that Noah would be more likely to respond to Victor than to Adam. Noah admitted that Adam was right. Adam invited Noah to the office to talk, and Noah warily agreed to go. Phyllis warned Nikki that it wouldn’t be good for Adam to have an influence over Noah.

Nick agreed with Phyllis about Noah and Adam. Nikki had been worried about her grandson, who’d been out of sorts since he came home. Phyllis said that made him ripe for the picking for Adam to take him under his wing. Nikki didn’t think that Noah was ready to embrace the new and improved Adam. Nikki said that Adam worked with Newman Media on a project, and he didn’t appreciate being micromanaged over his own designs. Phyllis didn’t understand why Noah left London when it seemed that his career was taking off. Nikki said that careers weren’t always the most important things in life. Phyllis thought that was an insinuation that she and Nick broke up because she was too into her hotel. Nikki said to calm down, because not everything was about Phyllis. Nikki wasn’t thrilled that Nick and Phyllis got back together, and she didn’t have high hopes that the pairing would last, but she hated that her son was hurting over the breakup. Phyllis said it was a difficult decision for both of them to make. Nikki noted that Phyllis seemed to be doing just fine. Phyllis told Nikki not to pretend she knew what was going on in Phyllis’s head. Nikki didn’t mean to offend. Phyllis said it was difficult to judge a relationship from the outside. Phyllis groaned when Victor walked in, and she made up an excuse to leave.

Nikki and Victor talked about his conversation with Victoria and Nikki’s conversation with Adam. Victor said he was stepping back and letting Victoria and Adam work out their issues. Victor got the feeling that things would get heated once his children started fighting for ChancComm. The glint in Victor’s eye made Nikki think that he was looking forward to that, but he denied it. Nikki was surprised Victor wanted to have the party here so soon after Nick and Phyllis’s split. She asked if he chose this venue because he hoped Nick wouldn’t attend and create conflict for Victoria and Ashland. Victor hoped Nick would be able to put aside his differences and show up. He said this night was about Abby and Chance, who were home and safe, and everything else was secondary. They kissed.

Victor told Nikki that Jill would be here after her business meeting, and she was giving Ashley a ride. Victoria and Ashland arrived, and she said she told Nick, but she wasn’t sure he’d come. Nikki hoped everyone would be able to set aside their differences for this very important occasion. Chance and Abby arrived and everyone clapped.

At Newman Media, Adam tried to get Noah to take on more branding projects. Noah politely declined because he didn’t really like working for big companies, and he wanted to use his time to reassess. Adam respected that, but he said this could be a way for Noah to stay busy and forget whatever drove him away from London. Noah said he’d consider it. Noah admitted he was having a hard time buying Adam’s new attitude. Adam understood, since he and Noah had a rough history, and there was no reason Noah should welcome Adam back into his life with open arms. Noah could see that something had changed with Adam, but that didn’t mean he appreciated all the notes Adam gave him on his designs. Adam suggested that the lesson was not to write anyone off, because everyone could surprise you.

At Society, Billy appreciated Sally’s offer of company, but he wanted to be alone. She decided to sit with him while she waited for her takeout, and he told her she was being a little pushy. “The truth is I don’t want your company,” he said. He didn’t trust her because of her connection to Adam. She said it wasn’t a good look to drink alone before happy hour. He didn’t concerned about how he looked. She said she’d sit with him, and they didn’t have to talk, but it’d make him look a little less pathetic. Sally said she and Adam weren’t as close as people believed. Billy listed all the times he’d seen Adam and Sally together, and he said he knew for a fact that they’d dated. Sally told him not to believe everything he read in the tabloids, especially his own. One thing Billy learned from running a media company was that most of the rumors were true. Sally said Adam was her boss, and there was nothing romantic going on between them. He thought that was good, because no one was more capable of tearing out your soul than Adam. Sally asked Billy if he was really going to be okay.

Sally ordered Billy a coffee, and she told him that in her experience, when you felt down, it was better to caffeinate than to numb the pain. She’d been a pariah, and she knew the pain when when everything boomeranged back on you. He thought he’d taken pariah status to new heights, and he’d even lost the trust of his most stalwart believer – his mom. She asked how. “Wouldn’t your platonic boss love to hear about it?,” he replied. She just recognized the feelings he was having, and they weren’t fun. He said this was actually kind of comforting. The rabbit hole was familiar to him and it kind of felt like home. She knew he was better than that. He asked how she would know. From their limited encounters, she knew he was usually acting to protect someone, so she understood the feeling of doing the wrong things for the right reason. She believed he had a good heart. Her takeout arrived, and she offered to stay and eat it with him. He turned her down. She left. “That’s it Sally. You run back to Adam and tell him all about my pathetic state. Please,” Billy said.

Sally walked into Adam’s office and stopped short when she saw Noah. She reintroduced herself, noting that they met in Tuscany. He recalled the splash she made with his aunt’s wedding dress. Adam mentioned that he was trying to take advantage of having a famous artist in the family by convincing Noah to do some work for them. Sally thought that would be amazing, because she loved Noah’s aesthetic. She had an idea of something he could do for Newman Fashion. Noah wasn’t looking for work. Sally thought she could get Noah to see why they’d be a great sell. Noah said he’d consider it, and he left.

Adam told Sally she came on a little strong, and she said most of the time, it worked. She asked if he had a problem with her approach, and he said no. She mentioned that she just ran into Billy. He thought he told her to stay out of his business with Billy. She said it was an accidental encounter. She knew he’d wanted to hit Billy where it hurt, but she asked if he’d intended to cause psychological damage. He scoffed about Billy being the victim, but he said he didn’t intend to give Billy a nervous breakdown. She said that Billy was drinking and seemed depressed, and he’d said something about going down a rabbit hole, like he’d done this in the past. Adam asked why Billy would say all that to Sally. Sally didn’t know if Billy was looking for sympathy, but she sort of felt for the guy. Adam thought that was interesting.

Adam didn’t think Sally should feel bad for Billy. Chelsea called, and Adam asked if he could call her back later, because he was in a meeting with Sally. Chelsea was irritated that Adam wasn’t making time for this conversation about Connor. She ended the video call. Adam told Sally that Chelsea hung up on him. Sally suggested Adam call Chelsea back, and he asked if he and Sally could talk later. She said yeah, and she left.

Billy went home, and Lily was hard at work familiarizing herself with all the Chancellor files that Jill’s assistant sent over. Lily felt like she’d barely made a dent in the task, because this was a huge conglomerate. She felt overwhelmed. She didn’t have the experience for this, and the press would be all over her credentials. She was worried this would hurt Chancellor and reflect poorly on Jill. Lily wondered if she made a huge mistake. He gave her a pep talk. He said she was going to kill this role, and she was the most important and successful thing to come out of ChancComm. He said running a company like this was all about positive public perception. She asked if he was flattering her because he loved her. He said she earned this, and she was the hardest working entrepreneurial person he knew. He stated that she made him a better man in business and in a relationship, and she was going to be great. He couldn’t be more happy or more proud of her.

Lily loved Billy’s support, but it made her want him by her side even more at Chancellor. He said they’d be a great team in their relationship, but she’d be the boss at Chancellor, and he’d be fine. She asked if he’d dropped the plan. He said he’d laid a little bit of groundwork for it. Right now he wanted to focus on Lily. He wanted to focus on her now and take advantage of this time they had together because she was about to be a very busy woman. They kissed.

Back to the Main Days of Our Lives Page

Back to the Y&R Updates Page

Y&R cast animation

Days Update Friday, December 3, 2021

Days of Our Lives Update

Days of Our Lives logo

Update written by Joseph

Paulina goes to leave the hospital right as Abe arrives off of the elevator. Abe turns around to leave but Paulina stops him and says he should know by now that he can’t run away from her.

Eli is at the police station when he gets a call from John, asking for an update on Marlena. Eli informs him that they checked security footage but there’s no indication of which direction she went and there’s been no sighting of her since. Eli says that have interviewed contacts but still nothing. John warns that Marlena can camouflage herself and change her shape or form. John adds that force won’t do any good and handcuffs won’t do any good as Shawn found out. Eli questions how they are supposed to bring Marlena in then and asks if they should douse her with holy water. John tells him to just find her first and they will figure out the rest but they are running out of time.

There is then a knock at the cabin door. Ciara asks what to do. Ben goes to answer it but Devil Marlena comes back and begs him not to because they don’t know who it is. Marlena says it’s the middle of nowhere in the middle of winter so she pleads with him not t o open the door. The knocking continues so Ciara looks out the window and says it looks like it’s just a hiker. Marlena worries that he could be with John and it could just be a trap. Ben promises that they won’t let anything happen to her but whoever is at the door knows they are in there and he’s not going away. Ben then answers the door and asks the man what he can do for him.

Brady tells Tate that he wishes he could’ve been there to see him get that winning goal. Brady tells him he’s proud of him and plans to video chat over the weekend. Brady tells Tate that he loves him. As Brady hangs up the phone, Philip sneaks up behind him and knocks him out with a crowbar.

At the Kiriakis Mansion, Chloe calls Philip, leaving a message asking where he is since she’s back with the food and he’s not here. Chloe says no one knew he left and asks where he is.

Philip sees that Chloe called and calls her a cheating bitch as he then drags Brady’s body away from the Pub.

The man at the cabin says he needs some water so Ciara invites him inside and hands him a water bottle. Ben notes that they don’t see too many people around this part of the woods. He says he comes here every year for spiritual renewal but the stream of water was desecrated. Ciara offers to refill his bottle. Ben says they are happy to help as he and Ciara introduce themselves. The man responds that his name is Gabriel after the archangel. Ciara mentions Julie praying to St. Gabriel while Devil Marlena is annoyed.

Philip comes home and questions Chloe eating without him. Chloe asks where he was since the food was getting cold. Philip claims he went to get her a present and had to find the right thing but it’s in the trunk. Chloe questions the bad smell. Philip says it’s for the tree since she wanted to go see it so he thought they’d go give it some love. Chloe asks about dinner. Philip notes that she said it’s getting cold so he figured he’d take her out for a night on the town and show her a night she’ll never forget. Chloe decides that sounds like fun and agrees so they exit together.

Steve goes to John’s hospital room and finds John trying to escape from his hospital bed. Steve stops him from getting up. John complains that he has to find Marlena since the police have nothing and she needs him. Steve says that means that John has to take care of himself so Marlena has a husband to come home to. Steve reminds him that Kayla said he needs water and rest. John wants answers and questions how Steve found him in the Crypt. Steve reveals it was John’s grandson Johnny as he ran in to him on Thanksgiving, and Johnny told him that he and Allie found an old Ouija board on Halloween and the board told them that the Devil was in Salem in the DiMera Crypt then he found Marlena there dressed in a devil costume but she wouldn’t let him in. Steve says nothing about Marlena was adding up and she was acting so strange that he thought maybe Hattie took over her life again. Steve says he’s trying to wrap his head around all of this and brings up John exorcising Marlena back then. John guesses since he wasn’t a real priest, the exorcism didn’t fully take. John doesn’t know why the Devil has decided to come back now, but if they knew what he wanted then he thinks they could figure out where Marlena is now.

Gabriel tells Ben and Ciara that it’s nice to meet them and then asks who Marlena is. Marlena asks if John sent him and that’s why he’s here. Gabriel asks who John is. Ben tells Marlena not to worry because if John knew where they were, he’d be there himself. Marlena says they can’t be too careful. Ciara mentions being starving and invites Gabriel to stay for lunch which he agrees to. Ciara says all they have is lunch meat and peanut butter. Gabriel congratulates Ciara on her pregnancy and asks when this blessed event is. Ciara says it’s not for a few months. Gabriel compliments Ciara’s necklace. Ciara says Marlena gifted it to them to help the angels watch over their baby. Gabriel calls it a thoughtful gift as Devil Marlena glares at him.

Paulina tells Abe that she will stand here all day if she has to and asks Abe if he came to see John which he confirms. Paulina says she just spoke with John herself because she danced with the Devil and lived to tell the tale which Abe questions. Paulina can’t believe the mayor of Salem hasn’t heard that Marlena has been possessed by Satan again and John just confirmed it. Abe realizes that explains the APB. Paulina says that’s what happened at their wedding as the Devil wanted to come between them and he did. Abe agrees, declaring that liars come straight from the Devil and the lie started with her. Abe then walks away. Paulina goes after him.

Lani sits at home on the phone with Tamara. Lani understands the love it took for Tamara to commit to raising her and acknowledges that she probably saved her and Paulina’s lives. Lani gets why Tamara chose to keep the secret with her head but not her heart. Lani says she has to go and will talk to her soon. Lani hangs up as Eli comes home and asks what’s wrong. Lani hugs him as she cries.

Paulina follows Abe in to a waiting room at the hospital, joking that he can’t outrun her so he should just listen to what she has to say. Abe gives her one minute. Paulina tells Abe that she’s so very sorry. Abe thinks she needs to fast forward to something he hasn’t heard before. Paulina tells Abe that when she made the decision to give her baby to Tamara, she never knew Abe existed or that she would meet him, fall in love, and that her lie would break his heart. Paulina talks about debating telling the truth. Abe argues that she lied through her teeth and gives her three seconds. Paulina calls him the best thing to ever happen to her and says she loves him with her whole heart. Paulina asks if Abe can ever find it in his heart to forgive her.

Eli asks Lani what happened. Lani responds that she just talked to Tamara. Lani asks where the twins are. Eli says he ran in to Allie at the park, so she offered to babysit and bring them back later. Lani notes that was sweet of her. Eli asks what Tamara said to get Lani so upset. Lani cries that she said she loves her even though her whole life has been a lie. Eli assures that love is real. Lani cries that she’s not the only one who got hurt since she spread that lie to Abe and now his heart is broken too. Eli asks what happened between her and Abe after he left. Lani admits Abe was wonderful and said she’ll always be his daughter. Eli knows he means it. Lani mentions that Kristen said the same thing. Eli questions her seeing Kristen. Lani explains that she went to see her at the station to say goodbye before she was taken to prison. Lani knows Eli is not crazy about their friendship. Eli then reveals that he got a call from the warden and Kristen never showed up to the prison.

Philip and Chloe go to the park but finds their tree gone. Philip remarks that it looks like someone ripped it out of the ground. Chloe wonders who would do something like that. Philip thinks back to ripping it out of the ground. Chloe asks if he thinks maybe it was an accident. Philip then finds Brady’s watch on the ground nearby.

Steve asks John if he has any idea what the Devil wants. John says he’s been giving it a lot of thought but isn’t sure of an answer. John adds that there’s no pattern and just a lot of widespread random chaos and misery. Steve asks if there’s anything specific. John brings up how Devil Marlena advised Brady to take Chloe on top of the Basic Black conference table, so it’s just been stirring up trouble. John thinks it’s nothing but a sideshow to whatever the Devil’s big plan is which is why they have to find Marlena to stop it before it’s too late. Steve questions how to find her. John says the beast needs Marlena as the parasite needs a host. John adds that he can use other bodies but has to keep coming back to Marlena until he gets what he wants or they stop him. Steve asks how John sent him back the last time. John says it was faith, prayer, and a lot of help from friends and family. John brings up Father Francis and Gabriel which Steve questions. John mentions that Gabriel was a guy that he met, who turned out to be his guardian angel. Steve questions that. John says Gabriel was just a regular guy. Steve asks if Gabriel went against the Devil for him. John says it was nothing like that but he told him that he couldn’t say what he was fighting or how to fight, but he knows for a fact that Gabriel was watching over him the whole time and he is the one that gave him the strength that he needed. John wonders aloud where Gabriel is now…

Ciara and Ben prepare lunch while Gabriel goes over to Marlena and comments on it being a lovely day. Devil Marlena’s inner thoughts guess that he sent Gabriel. Gabriel’s inner thoughts reveal that God did send him as he helped John defeat him over 20 years ago and he will do it again.

Abe tells Paulina that he does not forgive her. Paulina responds that he’d be calling John a liar then which Abe questions. Paulina admits she discussed her situation with John and he told her that Abe is one of the most forgiving people he’s ever known. Abe argues that he hasn’t talked to John about this so he doesn’t know how he feels. Paulina reveals that John told her that Lexie pulled her share of shenanigans. Abe stops her and says Lexie was the love of his life. Paulina knows that she’s not the next Lexie Carver. Abe remarks that she just goes for what she wants, the rest of them be damned. Paulina brings up how Lani’s dad made her feel small, ashamed, and trapped, so she fought for her life, soul, and spirit to never be in that place again and neither would Lani. Paulina declares that she’s proud that she fought her way out and that she was able to give her daughter the best possible life she could. Paulina says God was kind and gave her another daughter in Chanel but when she lost Chanel’s father, she accepted life alone until Abe came along. Paulina says he is the best man she ever knew and then that lie caused her to lose him and both of her daughters. Abe starts to leave but Paulina stops him and acknowledges that she gave him a daughter and then took her away. Paulina asks if it would’ve been better if he never had Lani at all. Abe says of course not as he loves her. Paulina notes that Lani feels the same about him. Paulina is thankful that Lani has Abe and asks him to never turn his back on her.

The Devil and Gabriel’s inner voices continue. The Devil remarks that he’s always hated Gabriel’s holier than thou thing as if there’s anything he can do. He warns that Gabriel is not allowed to interfere in human affairs. Gabriel responds that he can let him know that he’s being watched. Gabriel knows the Devil wants that baby and he knows why. The Devil says he can’t say a word to them. Gabriel says he can’t warn them of the threat but assures that God won’t let any harm come to that child. The Devil suggests he not get too cocky since his power has grown. The Devil talks about the world being in chaos so he’s feeling pretty good about his chances. Gabriel argues that the Devil fails to see the immense power of the hope, faith, and light of good people like Ben and Ciara. Gabriel says that’s where God’s strength comes from and why he will always be more powerful than the Devil and why love will prevail.

Philip picks up Brady’s watch and says this explains that it must have been Brady who tore their tree out of the ground. Chloe says it doesn’t make any sense and asks why he would do that. Philip claims Brady is jealous, wants her all to himself, and can’t stand the fact that she chose him. Philip argues that Brady’s jealous, paranoid, and angry while trying to make him the bad guy. Chloe knows there were issues in the beginning but says he’s been nothing but respectful of their relationship. Philip questions her defending him. Chloe insists that Brady would never do something as juvenile as this. Philip asks what more evidence she needs than his watch. Chloe mentions just running in to Brady at the Pub and he was wearing the watch. Philip questions her just happening to run in to him at the Pub and noticing his watch. Chloe says she works with Brady every day and was married to him at one point, so she knows he only takes it off to get in the shower or get in bed. Philip questions how she explains this then. Chloe admits that she can’t. Philip suggests that Chloe ran in to Brady while picking up their romantic dinner which made Brady flip out and come straight here to rip out their tree. Chloe tells him that Brady was picking up dinner for John in the hospital, so she’s sure he’s there now. Philip suggests Brady could have lied to her or asks if he’s too perfect to lie. Chloe doesn’t know what has gotten in to him but says she’s going to prove him wrong. Philip asks where she is going. Chloe responds that she’s going to the hospital to straighten this all out. Philip wishes her luck as he doesn’t think she’s going to find Brady there. Chloe guesses they will see. Philip shouts that he’s going to report this vandalism to park services.

Lani questions Kristen never making it to prison and what happened. Eli says he doesn’t know as he got a call on his way home and the van seemed to have vanished. Eli says either there was an accident or Kristen escaped. Lani swears she had nothing to do with it as they had a nice conversation, they said goodbye, and she left. Eli believes her. Lani thinks she has an idea as to where Kristen might have gone.

Abe informs Paulina that he spoke to Lani and she knows that she’s his daughter in every way that matters. Abe says he’s so grateful and blessed to have her in his life and nothing will ever change between them. Paulina is thankful for that and asks if there’s any chance for them. Abe responds that he can’t turn off his love for Lani and he’d never want to, but he can’t turn it off for Paulina either. Paulina asks what he’s saying. Abe then admits that he still loves her.

Ben and Ciara finish making lunch. Gabriel comments on it being lovely to break bread with fellow travelers. Gabriel asks Marlena if she wants to say grace.

Paulina is relieved to hear Abe still loves her. Abe calls it very different from being able to trust her again as this is not the first time she’s told him a life altering lie and this one is bigger and more appalling than the last. Abe says at least it wasn’t about greed this time but he doesn’t know if he can put his heart at risk again. Paulina argues that if he loves her, they can work on trust. Paulina wants to do whatever it takes to help him trust her again.

Lani and Eli go to John and Marlena’s, because Kristen tried to abduct Rachel the last time she escaped. Eli notes that John and Marlena aren’t around so it’d be easier for Kristen to get in and out with Rachel. Lani hopes they aren’t too late as Eli knocks on the door.

Steve asks John what their next move is. John says that Eli said they’ve reached out to contacts and there’s no security footage or sightings. Steve feels they need to take it to the next level. Chloe enters and says she’s sorry to interrupt but is glad to see John is feeling better. John says he’s almost perfect. Chloe asks if Brady dropped off his food already. John says not yet and if he doesn’t get there soon, the chowder is going to be cold. Chloe worries that Philip was right and rushes back out.

Philip drags Brady’s body in to the woods and thinks back to overhearing he and Chloe talking about not telling anyone about the sex that happened on the conference table. Philip thinks back to Chloe telling Philip that she felt he finally trusted her and him telling her about how important trust is in a relationship. Philip screams that if he can’t have Chloe, Brady can’t either. Philip calls him a son of a bitch and pulls out a knife.

Abe tells Paulina that there is nothing she can do as he just needs time. Paulina tells him to take all the time he needs and she’ll just keep on loving him and she’ll be here when he’s ready. Paulina declares that she will wait forever. Abe says he has to go. Paulina thanks him for hearing her out as that’s all she can ask. Abe then exits the room.

Marlena agrees to say grace. Gabriel suggests they join hands but Marlena opts not to. Marlena then says the prayer.

Eli and Lani search John and Marlena’s but find nothing. Eli notes that he just scared Rachel’s babysitter, who said there’s been no sign of Kristen or Brady.

John tries calling Brady but he’s not answering. John doesn’t like it and says it’s not like him. Steve suggests Brady is a busy guy and something could have come up with Rachel, his job, or Kristen going to prison. Steve encourages that Brady just got sidetracked and assures that he’s just fine.

Chloe finds Brady’s body stabbed in the woods with the knife nearby.

 

Back to the Main Days of Our Lives Page

Back to the Days of Our Lives Main Page

Days of Our Lives cast animated GIF

Days Update Thursday, December 2, 2021

Days of Our Lives Update

Days of Our Lives logo

Update written by Joseph

Philip is laying in bed, watching TV with a bowl of popcorn. Chloe walks in and asks if he’s okay. Philip responds that he’s never been better. Philip asks what she’s doing there. Chloe says she’s kind of wondering why her boyfriend is in the dark and acting like he doesn’t want her around. Philip responds that he might’ve been more welcoming if he was expecting her. Philip asks if they had plans. Chloe says no but they need to talk as she found out something that was kind of upsetting. Philip asks what it is. Chloe then states that he’s been lying to her.

Maggie joins Victor in the living room of the Kiriakis Mansion. Victor is reading the news on his tablet and complains about John being chained in the DiMera Crypt like an animal and that he was trapped with Susan. Maggie argues that Susan was just as much of a victim as John was. Victor mocks Susan being crazy but Maggie reveals that Susan is right because Brady told her that Marlena has been possessed again and she’s the one that trapped John and Susan in the Crypt. Victor questions Marlena being responsible for John being in the hospital which Maggie confirms.

Brady tries to get John to eat in the hospital and says he’s not leaving until he does. John argues that Brady should be worried about Marlena, not him, as she could be hurting herself or someone else.

Ben and Ciara arrive at the cabin with Devil Marlena. Ciara comments on it taking long to get here and goes to freshen up. Marlena tells Ben how grateful she is that they stepped up to help her as she can’t imagine what John would’ve done to her. Ben assures her that she won’t have to worry anymore as she will be safe here.

Victor questions how many times one woman can be possessed by the Devil in one lifetime. Maggie is sure that Marlena isn’t choosing to be possessed and suggests Victor try to be more compassionate instead of outraged. Maggie argues that Marlena is family. Maggie is glad that she and Brady were on their way to a meeting when Belle called to tell Brady because she shudders to think how he would’ve reacted alone. Victor questions going to a meeting and if Brady is drinking or using drugs again. Maggie doesn’t want to give any information as his sponsor but Victor demands to know. Maggie tells Victor that Brady is not drinking but he is struggling. Victor guesses he’s pining over Chloe.

Philip questions what Chloe is accusing him of. Chloe tells him to stop playing games as she knows everything. Philip thinks back to ripping their tree out of the ground and tossing it in to the river. Philip then gets up and tells Chloe that he can explain. Chloe tells him not to bother because she knows the truth.

Devil Marlena thanks Ben for getting her to safety so quickly. Ben talks about how this cabin has been a sanctuary for them, so he’s glad to share it with her. Marlena says she’s terrified of what John would’ve done to her. Ben promises he won’t find her and if he did, he’d have to get through him first to get to her. Marlena calls Ben a better friend to her than anyone in town. Ben feels it’s the least he could do after everything Marlena has done for him and Ciara. Marlena says any debt that he owes her is more than paid by this kindness. Marlena hugs Ben and says she’s so grateful, as Ciara comes back out and sees them.

Chloe explains to Philip that she stopped by Titan today to surprise him and take him out to lunch but she was surprised to find out from his now former assistant, that he was fired as CEO. Philip guesses that must have been awkward. Chloe doesn’t understand how he and Victor sat through an entire Thanksgiving dinner and not say that he’s not running Titan anymore. Chloe asks if they’re not a couple. Philip responds that he always thought they were. Chloe argues that couples share key bits of information about their lives like losing the job they loved. Chloe knows how much Titan means to him. Philip says it means more than anything in the world. Chloe argues that he should have told her that he was fired because in a relationship, you share the good and the bad. Philip asks if that’s so as he thinks back to overhearing Chloe telling Brady that he couldn’t tell anyone about the sex that happened on the conference table. Philip questions if Chloe shares every intimate detail of her life with him.

Lani sits with Abe at home. Abe was starting to think she was avoiding him. Lani admits that she was because she didn’t know how to face him. Abe questions why she would have trouble facing him. Lani feels all of this is her fault. Abe says there is plenty of blame to go around, but none of it should land on her. Lani says she’s the one that jumped to the conclusion that Abe was her father because he dated Tamara around the time she was conceived. Abe calls that a reasonable conclusion but Lani says it was the wrong one. Lani doesn’t know why Tamara let her believe a lie. Lani bets Abe wishes she never came to Salem looking for him. Abe assures that she would lose that bet because learning that she was his daughter was one of the best things that ever happened to him.

John tells Brady that Marlena got violent at the Horton Thanksgiving. John adds that it’s not Marlena, but Satan that is making her do all of this. Paulina walks in and questions it being true that Marlena is possessed by the Devil.

Ben promises Marlena that nobody followed them, so John won’t find her here. Ben sits Marlena down with Ciara. Marlena notices Ciara staring at her and asks if everything is alright. Ciara says no and that something here is very wrong. Ben asks what it is. Ciara says it’s the way that Marlena has been acting, staring out the window and jumping at every sound. Marlena claims she’s just very scared of what John could do to her and questions that being upsetting to Ciara. Ciara guesses that’s it but she’s having a very hard time believing that the John she saw is the same man that she’s known since she was a child. Ciara can’t believe John is a monster, even though she saw the way he acted and it terrified her, she can’t reconcile that with the wonderful man she’s known her entire life. Ciara remarks that it’s like it was someone else came to the apartment, not John. Devil Marlena thinks back to transforming in to John. Marlena says she understands that it must be very confusing if you haven’t seen John behave that way before. Marlena insists they both have to trust that John is a very dangerous man.

Maggie reminds Victor that he’s the reason that Brady is even in Chloe’s orbit again, since he asked him to get close to her. Victor complains that he just wanted her claws out of Philip and he didn’t think Brady would fall for her again. Maggie tells him not to meddle in other people’s lives as now Brady and Philip are both enamored with a woman that Victor can’t stand.

Chloe doesn’t know what Philip means by every intimate detail, but says she is open with him about most things like the most important things. Chloe complains that Philip doesn’t let her in or make it easy and that has to change if this relationship is going to work. Philip questions if she’s telling him that he hasn’t been treating her very well. Philip says he’s sorry about the funk he’s been in as he had so much on his mind. Chloe wants to get him out for some fresh air. Philip says he’s just not in the mood. Chloe offers to take him to the kitchen to make him real food. Philip doesn’t want to run in to Victor or Maggie. Chloe offers to get takeout from a restaurant and she can come back so they can share. Philip calls that a great idea and promises that by the time she gets back, he and the place will be clean. Chloe kisses him. Philip calls her the best girlfriend ever as she always takes such good care of him. Chloe then exits. Philip shuts off the lights and complains that Chloe couldn’t wait to leave. Philip remarks that Chloe can go ahead and have sex with Brady and be the whore that Victor always said she was.

Lani’s phone rings. She tells Abe that Tamara has been calling constantly since the wedding. Lani guesses that Olivia told her what happened. Lani says she keeps sending it to voicemail because she can’t talk to her. Lani cries, asking what there even is to say. Abe mentions that he talked to Tamara and that she never meant to deceive her, she was just trying to help Paulina out of a bad situation. Lani doesn’t get how Abe can be so understanding since she didn’t just deceive her for her entire life, but she turned Abe’s life upside down and he didn’t deserve any of this. Abe responds that she didn’t either. Abe admits he’s upset with her too. Lani says she’s more than just upset as Tamara and Paulina let her fall in love with this family while knowing all along that she didn’t share a drop of Abe’s blood. Lani argues that if Tamara told her the truth, none of this would have happened, but she let her move to Salem and form connections that aren’t even real. Abe questions who says their bonds aren’t real.

Victor questions if it’s so much to ask for the men in his family to come home with suitable mates. Maggie asks why Victor decides who is suitable and adds that the Kiriakis men are not a walk in the park to deal with. Victor declares that he found the last good woman in Salem, who for some reason saw fit to put up with the likes of him. Maggie continues to complain about Victor meddling in his kids’ love lives. Victor tells her to give him a break. Philip walks by and listens in from behind the wall as Victor complains about Brady and Philip both having it bad for Chloe. Victor asks Maggie if Brady understands there is no chance of a future with Chloe. Maggie doesn’t think Brady understands that. Maggie then reveals that Brady told her that he believes he and Chloe could be happy together, if only Philip wasn’t in the way.

Ciara says the man that John has become makes him a danger not just to Marlena, but to everyone around him. Marlena asks if she sees that now. Ciara wants to call the police to let them know what’s going on. Marlena reminds her that they talked about this already. Marlena argues that John was a cop and they all stick together to cover for each other, so John will just get a slap on the wrist and he’ll be even angrier when he comes after her. Ciara sees why she thinks that but assures there’s no way that Shawn would let anything bad happen to her. Marlena argues that she can’t take that risk. Ciara declares that she can because she trusts that Shawn will make the right decision. Marlena stops her and says she can’t do that.

Paulina tells John about how she called the Devil a bitch and the Devil called her one right back. John called her lucky as he’s glad Marlena didn’t really hurt her. Paulina notes that Marlena might not have left a visible scar but she took a wrecking ball to her life.

Abe tells Lani to let him tell her a story. Lani says she’s too old for fairy tales. Abe insists so Lani agrees to hear the story. Abe tells her about how his best friend and partner was Roman Brady, who died suddenly while working on bringing down Stefano DiMera. Lani questions him saying that Roman died. Abe says they were all devastated when they lost him, but a few years later, an amnesiac showed up in town named John Black. Abe states that everyone who loved Roman were eventually led to believe that he and John were one in the same. Abe says he had his partner and best friend back. Abe adds that after about half a decade, they found out that John Black was not Roman after all and that Roman was held captive by Stefano for all those years. Abe explains that when Roman came back, they were shocked and delighted by his return, but that didn’t lessen their love for John Black because the heart doesn’t work that way. Lani says at least Abe’s doesn’t. Abe says that DNA didn’t matter, only the love did, and as far as he’s concerned, she is now and will always be his daughter. Lani breaks down crying as they embrace.

Devil Marlena apologizes for grabbing Ciara’s phone and says she’s just so on edge. Ben understands because she’s been living in fear for months. Ciara thinks it would be better to end it now instead of running away for the rest of her life. Ben points out that it’s not their choice to make, it’s Marlena’s. Ben assures that they won’t call anyone. Marlena thanks them for understanding. Ben adds that the cell service is terrible out here anyways. Marlena says they all agree that nobody is making any phone calls. Ciara tells Ben that isolation was wonderful when they were there reconnecting but she doesn’t think it’s a good idea now in case something happens to the baby since she is pregnant. Marlena assures her that everything is going to be fine and if anything unexpected happens, she’s a doctor so she can take care of her. Marlena declares that everything will be perfect for her and the baby.

John tells Paulina that Marlena would never reveal anything she told her if she was in her right mind as she views breaking patient-doctor confidentiality as a cardinal sin. Paulina says this devil situation is beyond incredible but she does believe John. John thanks her and says if he hadn’t lived through it before, he wouldn’t believe it himself. Paulina feels she should’ve done more research before moving to Salem and wishes she knew what Marlena was dealing with before she gave the Devil ammunition to blow up her family, especially her relationship with Abe. Paulina worries that Abe may never forgive her for what she did. John is unsure about that as he’s known Abe for a long time and he’s one of the most forgiving men he’s ever met.

Lani asks Abe if he’s sure that he feels this way which he confirms. Abe calls Lani his daughter in every way that counts and jokes to not even think about keeping his grandchildren from him because they are his, just like she is, biology be damned. Abe adds that he just can’t excuse what Paulina, Tamara, and Olivia did. Abe says he’s trying to manage his anger at being deceived for so long, but he can understand the choice they made. Lani admits she can too as she empathizes with what Paulina went through, but cries that she can’t forgive her for lying to them all and hurting them too much.

Philip continues listening in as Victor complains to Maggie about Brady imagining a future with Chloe. Maggie assures that Brady knows that possibility is remote as long as Chloe is with Philip. Victor asks if Brady would do anything to hurt Philip. Maggie insists that he wouldn’t and that Brady was just letting off steam. Victor hopes that’s all it was since they both know that even a good man can be driven by jealousy to the darkest of places.. Philip then turns and walks away.

Chloe exits the Brady Pub and runs in to Brady outside. Chloe thought he’d be at the hospital with John. Brady informs her that he sent him for takeout. Chloe asks how he’s holding up. Brady says he’s as good as could be expected considering his wife is running around with a demon inside of her. Chloe sends her love to John and says she should get going since Philip is expecting her. Brady tells her that they’ll always have the Brady Pub as Chloe then walks away. Brady then gets a call from his son Tate, telling him that he won the championship game. Brady tells him to have his mother send him a video.

John doesn’t know how much Paulina knows about Abe’s late wife, Lexie. Paulina says she only knows what Abe has told her and that she was the love of his life, Theo’s mother, a cop and a pillar of the community. John says that’s all true but only part of the story because she was far from perfect. Paulina tells him to go on. John doesn’t want to speak out of turn but Paulina insists. John explains that when Lexie found out that Stefano DiMera was her father, she wrestled with demons of her own, so there were times when she yielded to her father’s influence and kind of bent to the dark side. John tells her that with Lexie, Abe was able to forgive what most men would consider unforgivable. John declares that if Abe was able to forgive Lexie, he wouldn’t rule out the possibility of him forgiving Paulina too.

Abe says whether Lani can forgive Paulina and Tamara is between her and God. Lani asks if Abe is going to forgive Paulina. Abe says that’s between him and her. Lani asks about God. Abe is sure he’ll be involved. Abe asks if she’s feeling better now. Lani admits that she is, thanks to him. Abe says he’s feeling better thanks to her. Abe adds that he has to go see an old friend now. Lani hugs Abe. Abe calls her his daughter as she calls him dad. They tell each other I love you as Abe then exits.

Devil Marlena steps out to go collect herself. Ben asks Ciara what’s wrong as she’s very tense. Ciara tells him that she doesn’t like this at all. Ben says none of them like it but they don’t have many other options. Ciara feels they have to at least call Belle to tell her what’s going on because Marlena and John are her parents, so Belle would do anything to help her mom and Shawn would never forgive her for keeping this from him. Ben says she might be right but they are not fighting Marlena on this. Ciara feels something is just off here. There is then a knock at the cabin door. Ciara asks what to do. Ben goes to answer it but Devil Marlena comes back and begs him not to because they don’t know who it is.

Paulina goes to leave the hospital right as Abe arrives off of the elevator.

Lani gets another call from Tamara and this time she answers.

Chloe returns to the Kiriakis Mansion. Maggie greets her and says she didn’t know she was stopping by. Chloe reveals it’s actually her second time here as Philip asked her to bring takeout. Maggie calls it a nice romantic dinner for two. Chloe says it would be, but Philip is not in his room, so she asks if Maggie knows where he is.

Brady tells Tate that he wishes he could’ve been there to see him get that winning goal. Brady tells him he’s proud of him and plans to video chat over the weekend. Brady tells Tate that he loves him. As Brady hangs up the phone, someone sneaks up behind him and knocks him out with a crowbar.

Back to the Main Days of Our Lives Page

Back to the Days of Our Lives Main Page

Days of Our Lives cast animated GIF

Days Update Wednesday, December 1, 2021

Days of Our Lives Update

Days of Our Lives logo

Update written by Joseph

Ava goes to see Gwen at the Salem Inn. Gwen asks who she is. Ava responds that according to Kristen, she’s her new partner in crime. Gwen says she doesn’t know what Kristen told her. Ava tells her to save it and shut the door, because what they have to talk about is private. Gwen asks if Ava is on Kristen’s payroll. Ava says no, but she owes her, so she expects her to help Gwen break her out of jail which is why she is here. Gwen guesses Kristen is blackmailing her. Ava tells her to stop acting like she doesn’t know what she’s talking about, because they have to put their heads together and figure out a way to break Kristen out of jail and they need to do it fast.

Rafe informs Kristen that the prison van is already on it’s way because he pulled strings to get her out of here as soon as possible, so it should be there in about an hour. Kristen mutters that it’s too soon. Rafe asks if she has a pressing appointment. Kristen responds that she hasn’t been able to say goodbye to anyone. Rafe asks who in this town would be sad to see her go. Lani then arrives and says her best friend would be.

Xander argues that Susan has to remember calling him on the day of his wedding to warn him about Rex and Sarah heading upstairs at the Brady Pub. Susan is confused as she doesn’t remember any of this. Susan blames it on a shot that made her forget stuff. Xander says he will never forget Susan opening his eyes to Sarah being unfaithful.

Allie goes to the Brady Pub and finds Lucas. Lucas asks if something is wrong. Allie realizes he doesn’t know about Marlena. Allie informs Lucas that Marlena is possessed by the Devil again. Lucas questions if this is a movie stunt. Allie assures that this is real as Belle just told her. Lucas calls it impossible. Allie says Belle swears that it’s true. Allie admits she didn’t believe it when people told her about Marlena back in the 90s. Lucas asks if anyone knows where she is. Allie doesn’t know as she tried calling Will, Johnny, and Sydney but nobody is picking up and Sami is still missing.

Jason brings Sami her breakfast. Sami apologizes for taking his phone and says it won’t happen again. When Jason goes to leave, Sami then knocks him out with the food tray from behind and runs out the door but is stopped by another locked door.

Abe goes to see Eli, who asks how he’s doing. Abe responds that he’s been better. Eli still can’t believe that Chanel thought his wedding was the right time to make her announcement. Abe says there is no time to get news like that. Abe asks if Lani is there and if she will see him. Eli responds that Lani is not there and he doesn’t know when she will be back.

Kristen warns Lani that she will take a lot of flack for coming to see her. Lani says she can handle that but couldn’t let her go back to prison without saying goodbye. Kristen asks for a moment alone, so Rafe says he will let her know when the van arrives and exits. Lani tells Kristen that she’s sorry about all of this. Kristen says she brought it all on herself. Kristen tells Lani that she can see in her eyes that something is wrong. Lani informs her that her whole world was just turned upside down as she found out that Abe is not her birth father and that her whole life has just been kind of a lie.

Ava introduces herself to Gwen. Gwen recognizes her last name and says that her ex, Jake, used to work for her crime family. Ava says she’s not here to make friends as she has a lot riding on this. Gwen relates, saying that if she doesn’t pull through for Kristen then she will take away the one good thing she has left in her life.

Xander tells Susan about how he caught Sarah and Rex about to make love and she called off his wedding. Xander says he moved on, met someone new, and now he’s happy again, so he wanted to come thank Susan for telling him about Sarah. Susan insists that she doesn’t know what he’s talking about and asks when this all happened. Xander informs her it was this past March. Susan then reveals that it wasn’t her, it was Kristen DiMera who told him about Sarah which shocks Xander.

Lucas asks Allie if Belle is sure about Marlena. Allie says it sounded like it. Lucas knows Sami would want to be here and know but she hasn’t kept in touch with anyone. Allie brings up the text that got saying Sami needed time for herself but that was over three months ago. They admit to being worried about Sami. Allie wonders if something happened to Sami.

Sami locks the first door with Jason inside and tries to unlock the second door but the key breaks.

Ava asks Gwen for a drink so she tosses her a bottle. Ava mentions that she already got Kristen out of a jam once but no good deed goes unpunished. Gwen asks what Kristen is holding over Ava’s head then. Ava responds that if Kristen tells Rafe what she knows about her, then she’s going to lose him forever. Gwen calls her a brave one. Ava asks what Kristen has on Gwen. Gwen responds that Kristen has certain information that if it were to get back to the man she loves, she would lose him for sure. Ava says it sounds like they better put their thinking caps on or they are both going to be alone.

Susan reveals to Xander that Kristen switched places with her so she could keep an eye on Brady, Rachel, and Chloe, so Kristen was out free while she was stuck in prison. Xander knew Kristen had escaped but didn’t know she was pretending to be Susan. Xander asks when the switch happened. Susan tells him that it was February so Xander realizes that Kristen was the one who told him. Xander decides he needs to go pay Kristen a visit as he storms out of the room.

Abe tells Eli that he called Lani a couple times but she hasn’t picked up. Eli doesn’t think she knows how to talk to him just yet. Abe says that’s why he kept his distance as he can’t imagine what she’s going through. Eli calls it some scheme that Tamara and Olivia came up with and Lani is furious as she’s not even taking Tamara’s calls. Abe mentions talking to Tamara last night and it not going well.

Lani explains to Kristen how Paulina is her real mother and her biological father was an abusive boyfriend. Kristen says she’s so sorry but she knows how close Lani and Abe are. Kristen asks why she thought Abe was her father. Lani explains that Tamara told her that he was and they thought of everything. Lani says Tamara, Paulina, and Olivia all cooked it up together. Lani talks about the instant connection when she first met Abe and how he was the father she always wanted and needed. Kristen remembers how much Lani missed Abe when they were in the convent. Lani cries about how Abe just wanted to be there for her then, like he has been from the moment she told him that she was his daughter. Lani says she’s been through so much since then and Abe has given so much love and support. Lani cannot believe this is happening as yesterday she had the perfect father and now it hurts so much.

Xander goes to the police station and tells Rafe that he needs to speak with Kristen now. Rafe says she has a visitor so Xander says he’ll wait but Rafe says there won’t be time for that, because the prison van is on it’s way and she’s on her way back to Statesville. Xander declares that Kristen’s not going anywhere until he’s had his say.

Gwen asks Ava if she has any brilliant ideas. Ava asks if she can handle a gun. Gwen doesn’t feel like dying so she says to cross that off her list. Ava asks what Gwen’s skills are. Gwen responds that she drugged her half-sister to put her in the hospital for months and then seduced her husband. Ava calls those impressive skills but she’s not sure how that will help get Kristen out of jail. Gwen suggests drugging the guards but Ava says they don’t have time for that. Ava declares that she’s not losing Rafe over this. Gwen adds that she’s not keen on losing Xander either. Ava informs Gwen that she knows Xander as they spent time in a sort of rehab in Nashville. Ava jokes that it wouldn’t be a bad thing to lose him but Gwen tells her to mind her own business. Gwen asks what Ava’s skills are. Ava responds that you don’t grow up in the Vitali family without learning something. Ava declares that she’s got it. Gwen questions her not telling her what it is. Ava tells her to grab her stuff and go then she will tell her on the way.

Sami goes back in to the room where Jason is knocked out. Sami tells herself that she still has time to figure this out and remembers Jason’s phone. Sami takes the phone back from Jason and tries to make a call but gets a busy signal and then no connection. Sami tries to figure out what numbers she knows by heart that she can call.

Allie reveals to Lucas that Marlena almost killed John and Susan in the DiMera Crypt. Allie remembers when she, Johnny, and Chanel played with the Ouija board on Halloween and it said the Devil was in Salem at the DiMera Crypt, then Johnny went down there and Marlena was there. Lucas can’t believe it. Allie is just glad Marlena didn’t do something bad to Johnny. Allie then gets a call from an unknown number. She answers it and it’s Sami, who says thank God she picked up. Allie is surprised to hear from her mom and asks where she is.

Abe admits to Eli that he lost his cool with Tamara. Eli understands since she let him think Lani was his daughter when she knew damn well that was a lie. Abe says it’s one thing to keep Paulina’s secret after taking the baby in but he doesn’t understand why they let he and Lani think they were father and daughter all these years. Eli asks if he asked Tamara to explain that. Abe says she just said what Paulina said about how Lani grew up, became a cop, and wanted to look for her dad and he was the only man that Tamara was involved with around the time that Lani was conceived, so Tamara let her think she was right so she would stop looking and not find out the kind of man her father really was. Abe states that Tamara thought it was better for Lani to gain a father then lose a mother. Eli notes that now she feels like she’s lost both.

Kristen tells Lani that just because Abe is not her birth father doesn’t mean the connection isn’t still there. Kristen relates to being adopted and knows family ties are more than blood. Lani agrees. Kristen asks if they’ve talked since this all came out. Lani says no as Abe has called but she can’t bring herself to pick up. Kristen asks why not. Lani is pretty sure Abe will want to see her and she keeps thinking that if she avoids seeing him, she could pretend like none of this is real. Kristen tells her that she’s going to have to see Abe at some point. Lani cries that she doesn’t know if she’s strong enough. Kristen encourages that she is. Kristen reminds her that they have faced a lot of heartbreak in life and have always found a way to get through it. Kristen promises that even though they have new rotten things to face, they will get through this too no matter what it takes.

Rafe questions if Xander is here to delay Kristen’s transfer. Xander gives his word that he wouldn’t lift a finger to help Kristen. Rafe blows off Xander’s word. Xander says he has to talk to Kristen. Rafe tells him to find out when visiting hours are at prison. Xander argues that this can’t wait as it’s about Maggie’s daughter, Sarah. Rafe asks what about her. Xander says he can’t explain until after he’s talked to Kristen and he’s not leaving until he does. Rafe reminds him that Kristen is in with a visitor. Lani then comes out of the interrogation room and thanks Rafe as she then exits the station. Xander points out that Kristen is now all alone.

Ava and Gwen go to Statesville prison and approach the guards. The guard says this is restricted area and tells them to get lost. Ava introduces herself as part of the Vitali family and says she knows they are there to pick up Kristen to take her to prison, but she’s here to tell them it’s not going to happen.

Allie tells Sami that she’s so relieved that she called as they’ve been so worried about her and now something has happened to Marlena. Sami reveals that she already knows Marlena has been possessed again which Allie questions. Sami tells Allie that she’s in deep trouble and needs her help. Allie asks what she has done now. Sami reveals that she was kidnapped. Lucas asks what she is saying. Allie tells Lucas that Sami has been kidnapped. Lucas then grabs the phone and asks Sami what the hell is going on.

Ava instructs the guards that when they pick up Kristen, they are not to take her to prison and that Kristen will tell them where she wants to go. The guards say they don’t take orders from Ava and no one does anymore. Ava warns that they would be foolish to think she doesn’t have power in the family anymore so they shouldn’t cross her. The guard mocks her being intimidating. Gwen then tells the guards that Ava is the one who killed Carmine. The guards say they don’t want any trouble. Ava says to do as she says and they won’t regret it. Ava claims that she has people looking in on their families right now and she’d hate to have to send Gwen after them. Ava asks the guards if they are going to cooperate or should she give Gwen her orders.

Rafe brings Xander in to the interrogation room. Kristen questions what Xander is doing here. Rafe says they are about to find out and tells Xander to make it quick. Xander brings up how on his wedding day last March, he got a call from Susan Banks, warning him that Sarah and Rex were about to hook up but it just came to his attention that it wasn’t Susan who called him, it was Kristen. Kristen asks what if it was and suggests maybe she was trying to do him a favor. Xander asks why since Kristen despises him and never helps anyone else which Rafe agrees with. Kristen asks what she gets out of informing on Sarah and Rex. Xander doesn’t know yet but his gut tells him that Kristen had a hand in Sarah dumping him for Rex. Kristen calls that ridiculous but remarks that she did the right thing. Kristen claims she didn’t have any influence on Sarah one way or the other. Xander asks if she convinced Rex to come back to Salem to seduce Sarah. Kristen says no but Xander doesn’t believe her as he knows there’s something she’s not telling him. Rafe gets a text that the prison van is here and says it’s time to go. Kristen stops him and says since she’s going back to prison, she might as well set the record straight. Kristen then declares that there is something Rafe and Xander need to know.

Lucas asks Sami where exactly she is. Sami says she can’t tell him but she’s been locked in a tiny room for months. Lucas asks who did this to her. Sami explains that he doesn’t know as all she sees are guards and they aren’t very chatty but she finally stole a phone from one of them. Sami mentions calling Marlena but she has her own problems right now which Lucas says he just heard about. Sami says Lucas has to help her. Sami mentions that she called EJ. Lucas asks if he refused to help her. Sami says no but the phone died before she could even talk to EJ and now it’s charged, but she knocked out the guard and she’s really afraid of what he’s going to do when he wakes up. Lucas asks if there’s a map feature on the phone. Sami says no as it’s just a burner phone. Lucas tells her that she will have to check the guard’s pockets then. Jason starts to wake up so Sami hits him again with the tray to knock him out and then begins searching his pockets.

Eli brings his son Carver down to Abe. Abe holds Carver while Eli gets his juice. Abe talks about Carver almost turning a year old. Abe then asks if Eli is thinking of changing Carver’s name. Eli says hell no. Eli tells him that Theo is still their uncle and Abe is their grandfather. Eli adds that Theo may be in South Africa but he’s going to make sure they video chat. Abe knows Theo will be in Salem as often as his job allows. Eli says he better because his niece and nephew love him very much. Eli assures Abe that he’s their grandfather and will be as long as he’s on this planet. Abe thanks him and hands Carver back to Eli. Eli still thinks Abe is the greatest father in law a man could ever have. Abe thanks him as they hug. Abe then goes to leave just as Lani comes home.

Kristen tells Xander that he’s right that it was her who called him on his wedding day to tell him about Rex and Sarah. Kristen starts to tell him what he didn’t know but Gwen comes in and says she’s sorry to interrupt. Xander asks what she’s doing there. Gwen says she’s here to see him. Xander questions how she knew he was here. Gwen claims she was just passing by and saw his car outside so she thought maybe he was in trouble. Xander explains that he came to have a word with Kristen. Gwen asks what about. Kristen responds that Xander thinks she had something to do with Sarah leaving with Rex. Xander says that Kristen just admitted that she had something to confess about that. Rafe argues that the van is waiting so it’s now or never. Kristen then claims her confession is that she wasn’t doing Xander a favor as she took great joy in puncturing his dream of happiness. Xander questions making a call being all she did and if she didn’t manipulate Sarah in to choosing Rex over him. Kristen claims she was just in the right place at the right time and that she couldn’t have planned it better herself…

Lucas asks Sami if she’s still there. Sami finds Jason’s smart phone in his pocket. Lucas instructs her to go to maps. Sami worries that it’s not loading. Lucas encourages her to be patient. Sami complains that she’s been locked in this room since August. Lucas can’t believe she’s been held against her will this entire time. Allie realizes Sami didn’t ghost them and regrets not looking for her. Lucas assures it’s not her fault. Sami says the phone is stalling and blames the reception. Lucas tells her to text whatever she can to Allie. Sami says she’s sending it and hopes that it goes through.

Rafe brings Kristen out and tells the guards that he’s sorry for the delay but she’s all theirs. They tell Rafe not to worry as they will take it from here.

Xander and Gwen walk through the town square together. Gwen notes that he hasn’t said much. Xander doesn’t think Kristen was telling him the truth as she hates him. Gwen questions why Kristen would go through so much trouble to break him and Sarah up and what she would get out of it. Xander talks about how Rex just showed up out of the blue. Gwen suggests Rex found out about the wedding and decided he didn’t want to lose Sarah to someone else. Xander guesses Sarah could’ve realized she was on the rebound when she fell for him, but either way she chose Rex and not him, so that’s all there is to it. Xander and Gwen then walk off together.

Ava walks past the Brady Pub and calls Rafe to ask if they can meet for dinner. Rafe says that sounds like a plan and informs her that he just turned Kristen over to the guards at Statesville, so she’s their problem now.

The prison guards free Kristen from her handcuffs and ask where she wants to go now. Kristen says she hasn’t decided yet but she wants to get as far away as possible from this God forsaken place. The guards then escort Kristen outside.

Lani didn’t know Abe was coming over today. Abe says he wanted to see how she was doing but maybe that was a mistake. Eli goes to check on the babies. Abe tells Lani that the last thing he wants to do is put more pressure on her but he just wants her to know that he’s here whenever she is ready. Abe then turns to leave but Lani stops him and asks him to stay. Lani thinks it’s time they had a chance to talk.

Sami asks if Lucas has gotten her location yet but he says not yet. Sami cries that this has to work as the guard will wake up any moment and she has no idea what he’s going to do to her. Allie encourages Sami to stay calm. Sami argues that she’s trying. Lucas then gets the text with her location and tells her to hang on as he’s on his way. Lucas then gets up and rushes out of the Pub.

Back to the Main Days of Our Lives Page

Back to the Days of Our Lives Main Page

Days of Our Lives cast animated GIF

Days Update Tuesday, November 30, 2021

Days of Our Lives Update

Days of Our Lives logo

Update written by Joseph

Gwen has a nightmare about Xander finding out the truth about what Kristen did to Sarah and breaking up with her. Gwen then wakes up in a panic, so Xander asks her what’s wrong.

Chad joins Kristen in the interrogation room and says he just talked to her lawyer. Kristen complains about EJ being too scared to represent her himself and asks what they said. Chad says they did everything they could to keep her until the trial but the judge wouldn’t go for it. Kristen asks what they do now. Chad says he’s sorry but it looks like she’s heading back to prison.

EJ remains at Susan’s side in the hospital and says he’s sorry for everything. Nicole enters and says she came as soon as she heard about Susan. Nicole asks how she is. EJ says she will be okay. Nicole asks if EJ is okay.

Sami remains locked up and paces, saying she’s about to lose it. Sami starts pounding on the door, screaming to be let out until the door is then opened.

EJ tells Nicole that he is okay. Nicole says it’s wonderful that Susan will make a full recovery but worries about EJ not getting any sleep. EJ says Susan was so scared and didn’t want him to leave because she was scared that the Devil was coming after him. EJ adds that Susan finally fell asleep before Nicole got there. Nicole asks if she had another psychotic breakdown. EJ decides to step out with Nicole.

The guard holding Sami hostage is named Jason. Sami asks where her breakfast is. Jason says she doesn’t get breakfast today. Sami argues that he’s been keeping her here for three months so she has to be kept alive. Jason says she’s been a bad girl, so she doesn’t get what she wants until he gets what he wants. Sami asks what he wants. Jason responds that he wants his phone that she stole from him. Jason asks her where it is. Sami claims to have no idea what he’s talking about. Jason warns that if she doesn’t hand it over, he’ll do a lot worse than deprive her of food. Sami then gives in and hands over the phone, noting that it’s dead anyways. Jason says they’ll bring it back to life and asks who she called last night. Sami admits she called her mother. Jason guesses she doesn’t give a damn since Sami is still here. Sami argues that Marlena was desperate to help her but she’s in a lot of trouble too. Sami asks Jason what he would do if his mother was alone, terrified, and in grave danger. Sami pleads with him to let her get back to the people she loves.

EJ sits with Nicole and explains that he was celebrating Thanksgiving with Anna and Tony when Steve suddenly turned up with Susan. EJ adds that Susan was in the family crypt as Steve came looking for John, but found both of them. EJ talks about how they stabilized Susan in the ambulance, but when he first saw her with Steve and she looked lifeless, he just kept telling her to hang on. EJ notes that Susan was so happy to see him when she opened her eyes and was overcome with relief. Nicole questions Susan thinking that Satan wanted EJ dead. EJ admits the story was quite convoluted and something about Marlena being possessed by the Devil and demanding that Susan kill John or else the Devil would kill EJ. Nicole realizes that Susan thought by stabbing herself, Satan would take her instead. Nicole asks EJ if he thinks it was delusion. EJ admits he did at first and calls it impossible for Marlena to be the Devil but then Steve disagreed. Nicole asks why. EJ says Steve got a text from Kayla and had to step out. EJ still can’t believe what Susan did and the sacrifice she was willing to make. Nicole feels the threat probably wasn’t real. EJ says either way, Susan was still willing to die for him. EJ talks about being ashamed of Susan for years and pretending she didn’t exist, but she was still willing to sacrifice her life for his. EJ cries that he doesn’t deserve it as Nicole comforts him.

Chad wants Kristen to tell him that she won’t escape again. Kristen assures that she won’t but says it’s just not a given that she’s going back to prison. Kristen says she has money and can hire more lawyers to help her with the appeal. Chad says he’ll do anything he can to help but she’s going to have to start the process from prison. Kristen asks if he can get her something to eat then. Chad says to give him 20 minutes and exits the room. Kristen then quickly goes through Chad’s jacket and takes his phone.

Sami tells Jason about how her mother is being held against her will and is chained to the wall. Sami swears to make Jason pay if something happens to her mother. Jason tells her that she can yell all she wants but no one will hear her. Jason says he’s going to check who Sami called. Sami says he doesn’t have to as she’s happy to tell him. Jason questions who she called after her mom. Sami responds that she called her husband.

Nicole jokes that this shows EJ has a heart since he doesn’t normally wear it on his sleeve. EJ says she’s one of the few people who have ever seen that side of him. Nicole is honored that he let her.

Rafe and Ava kiss in bed until Rafe says he has to get to work. Ava says she’ll have to figure out how to spend her days now that she’s no longer scheming with Philip to steal Gabi’s company. Ava adds that she has to get a job but on the up and up this time which Rafe calls a good plan. Ava hopes he knows how grateful she is that he was able to put what she tried to do to Gabi in the past. Rafe reminds her they are putting all mistakes behind them and starting clean. Ava assures that she won’t do anything to mess up her second chance. Rafe says the same as they kiss.

Xander and Gwen lay in bed after having sex. Xander says he feels better not only because of that but also because Gwen always knows what to say and do when he gets off track in his head. Gwen wants to check her phone for messages as she’s hoping to hear from Jack but she has nothing. Xander suggests Jack didn’t have time over Thanksgiving and he will call her when he gets back. Xander knows how bad she wants to repair her relationship with Jack but reminds her that Maggie is going to talk to him to try to get him to come around. Gwen wonders how much of an effort Maggie will really put in since she loves Abigail and knows that Gwen tried to destroy her life. Xander says he explained to Maggie that she’s changed and only wants to make amends with Jack. Xander adds that either way, she still has him and he’s not going anywhere. Xander invites Gwen to join him in the shower as he heads to the restroom. Gwen then gets a call from Chad’s phone and questions why he’s calling her but it turns out to be Kristen.

EJ tells Nicole that it was nice while it lasted having her see him as an indominable force, powerful, and ruthless. Nicole assures that she still sees him as all those things. Nicole tells EJ that just because he’s vulnerable doesn’t mean he’s weak, it means that he’s human. She calls him a very attractive human in her eyes. EJ says he can’t be blamed about being worried about letting his guard down since he did that with Sami and they see where that got him. Nicole asks if EJ got any calls like the other night when he thought it was Sami. EJ says they never called back but if they do and it is Sami, he can handle it. Nicole asks why he should have to when he’s going through so much already. Nicole feels it is strange that EJ hasn’t heard from Sami before now. EJ asks why that’s strange since he told her that he didn’t want her in his life anymore. Nicole goes over how Sami went to see Gabi about staying in the mansion and it was her mission to get EJ to forgive her. Nicole questions Sami disappearing off the face of the earth and wonders why Sami would decide not to get back together.

Jason questions why Sami would call her husband when their marriage blew up in her face. Sami asks what he knows about her marriage. Jason says he read the tabloids and that EJ threw her out after she cheated on him with her ex husband. Sami argues that EJ was just upset for good reason over her lapse in judgment. Sami insists that EJ is her husband and still loves her, so if he knew she was in trouble, he would come running. Jason thought she called him. Sami says the phone went dead as soon as she called, otherwise EJ would be breaking down the door now. Jason seriously doubts that.

Kristen tells Gwen that she hasn’t forgotten about her. Gwen says she can’t talk right now. Kristen says to put Xander on the phone then, so she can tell him that Sarah is alive and well and never wanted to break his heart. Gwen pleads with her not to. Kristen says she just got word that she’s being sent back to prison, possibly as soon as today, so she needs Gwen to act now. Gwen asks what she expects her to do. Kristen orders Gwen to get her out ASAP or else she’ll call Xander and tell him where to find Sarah, then he will dump Gwen so fast that her head will spin. Gwen repeats that she doesn’t know how she’s expected to do this. Kristen argues that this is a piece of cake compared to what Gwen has done before. Gwen complains that she’s never broken someone out of prison before, so she doesn’t know where to begin. Kristen tells her to enjoy being single then and suggests maybe she’ll meet someone at Sarah and Xander’s wedding. Gwen pleads with her not to tell Xander or punish her for something she would do if she could. Kristen says she will tell her how to do this if she promises to do it. Gwen agrees, so Kristen says she will give her some help. Gwen then hangs up as Xander comes back and asks who was on the phone.

Rafe goes to the police station where Chad tells Rafe that he just told Kristen that she’s going back to prison. Rafe assures that Kristen won’t be switching with Susan again because Susan’s in the hospital. Chad mentions hearing the crazy story and asks about Susan. Rafe says Susan will be fine as long as she doesn’t get roped in to helping Kristen again. Chad doubts that anyone in town would help Kristen. Rafe notes that Lani was her best friend but she wouldn’t risk it. Rafe adds that Ava goes way back with Kristen and recalls Ava finding Susan last time Kristen switched places with her. Chad asks if he thinks Ava helped Kristen escape. Rafe explains how Ava said she went to the interrogation room looking for him and found Susan on the floor and claimed she never even saw Kristen. Chad asks if Rafe believes Ava. Rafe confirms that he does.

Kristen calls Ava and informs her that she got arrested. Ava says she heard. Kristen tells Ava that she needs a favor since she helped her last time she was in a bind and helped her escape. Ava says she can’t help her again since she’s in a good place with Rafe and she’s not going to jeopardize that. Kristen threatens to tell Rafe about how she helped her escape and then lied to his face. Ava argues that she can’t but Kristen says she will. Ava pleads with her. Kristen says she doesn’t have time to argue so she’s going to tell her exactly what she needs to do.

Sami tells Jason that no matter what happens between her and EJ, she’s still the mother of his children so he’d pay a small fortune to get her out of here. Jason remarks that he’d pay a small fortune to get her to shut up. Sami asks Jason to tell his employer that EJ will pay. Jason responds that his employer is not interested. Sami questions why they are holding her here and argues that she has to know who it is.

Nicole asks EJ why Sami would do a complete 180 and leave when she said she would stay and fight for their marriage. EJ guesses she just changed her mind. Nicole feels it’s not like Sami to give up, especially on EJ, as she would be in his face until she broke him down. Nicole questions why Sami would just disappear. EJ responds that it’s because of him.

Kristen asks Ava if they are clear on this. Ava says absolutely. Kristen tells Ava to get to work and hangs up. Kristen deletes the call history but Chad comes back and catches her with his phone. Chad questions who she called. Kristen claims that she was calling Brady. Chad calls her unbelievable. Kristen says she was desperate and wanted to speak with Rachel but claims that Brady hung up on her. Chad gives her the food that he went to get and says he has to go. Kristen thanks him for the food and for trying to help as knowing that he still cares gives her hope. Chad tells her to hold onto that because right now, it’s all she’s got.

Gwen claims to Xander that Chad was on the phone. Xander questions why she would want to talk to Chad DiMera. Gwen says she didn’t and that he called her. Xander asks why. Gwen claims that he just wanted to blast her again for lying about her miscarriage and trying to blow up his marriage. Xander argues that he needs to get over it since he still has his family and some people have a lot less. Gwen asks if he’s talking about himself since he talked about Sarah earlier, so maybe it’s still bothering him. Xander assures it’s not and that he needs to forget about her. Xander says he already is as he kisses Gwen.

Sami pleads with Jason to tell her who is behind this. Jason says they’ve had this conversation every day since she got here. Sami complains about a thug dumped her here after chloroforming her at Rafe’s house. Jason assures that he will never share the information about his employer. Sami complains about being hungry and asks if she can have her breakfast. Jason agrees but says he’s taking his phone with him as he then exits the room.

Nicole asks EJ why Sami would leave because of him. EJ says he pushed her away and told her that he never wanted to see her again, which he meant. Nicole says he had every right to be angry after she cheated on him with Lucas. EJ admits perhaps he was too cruel. EJ talks about being vicious towards Sami for over a year, verbally and emotionally abusive. Nicole suggests they shouldn’t talk about this now while EJ is exhausted. EJ says he was up all night and had a lot of time to think. EJ says watching Susan scared and helpless reminded him of what he went through after the warehouse fire. EJ recalls not wanting anyone near him. Nicole says he went through very severe trauma. EJ says Susan did too but she didn’t turn cold and start lashing out at people trying to care for her. EJ points out that Susan wants him as close as possible. Nicole says they are very different people. EJ feels that doesn’t excuse his behavior. Nicole talks about how EJ was severely burned and covered in bandages. EJ talks about thinking he wanted to die every day instead of living as a shell of the man he was. EJ says he begged Sami to put him out of his misery but she refused and kept fighting, long after he had given up. EJ admits he didn’t show her any bit of appreciation and that he was a monster. EJ understands Sami felt lonely and rejected, so she betrayed him with Lucas, but that doesn’t change the fact that she saved his life. Nicole notes that it sounds like he feels more than anger towards Sami. EJ states that he’s still immensely grateful for everything she did for him, but she doesn’t know that because he told her to stay away and she has. Nicole feels that it sounds like EJ regrets it. EJ responds that he doesn’t regret a decision that he made about Sami. Nicole asks if he’s sure because he sounds like he wishes he handled it differently. EJ says as far as his recovery goes, his behavior was atrocious but that doesn’t justify his wife breaking her vows and was unfaithful, then lied to him to his face about it repeatedly. Nicole asks if EJ would’ve forgiven Sami if she told him the truth. EJ says it doesn’t matter because she didn’t and now she’s gone, so he’s moving on. EJ thanks Nicole for coming to check on him. EJ says he’d been feeling terribly guilty about how he treated his mother and everyone he’s cared for, while Nicole did not scold or mock him for his behavior of being a bastard but she listened and gave him hope that things can be better moving forward. EJ reminds Nicole that he’s right where he wants to be and with the person he wants to be with, unless she’s still pining after Rafe after their conference table sex. Nicole insists that she’s not at all as she’s right where she wants to be too as she’s moving on.

Rafe enters the interrogation room. Kristen asks if there’s any news. Rafe informs her that the van to take her back to prison is on it’s way. Kristen guesses there must be a bunch of red tape, forms, and paper work. Rafe says he took care of all that, so as soon as the van gets there, she will be on her way.

Ava goes to see Gwen at the Salem Inn. Gwen asks who she is. Ava responds that according to Kristen, she’s her new partner in crime.

Susan wakes up in her hospital bed to see Xander and asks what he’s doing there. Xander says he heard what happened and brought her flowers. Susan questions him doing that when they don’t know each other. Xander claims he wanted to thank her for what she did to him. Susan asks if they are on hidden camera because she can’t think of a single thing she’s ever done for him. Xander responds that she opened his eyes about his unfaithful fiancée and saved him from the biggest mistake of his life. Susan responds that she’s sorry but she doesn’t know what he’s talking about.

Jason brings Sami her breakfast. Sami apologizes for taking his phone and says it won’t happen again. When Jason goes to leave, Sami then knocks him out with the food tray from behind and runs out the door.

Back to the Main Days of Our Lives Page

Back to the Days of Our Lives Main Page

Days of Our Lives cast animated GIF

Y&R Update Friday, December 3 2021

Young & The Restless Update

Y&R logo

Recap written by Christine

Sally was heading toward Adam’s office, but she stopped when she heard him talking. Chelsea was on a video call, wanting to talk about what they were getting Connor for Christmas. Adam saw something on his phone that made him end the session with Chelsea. Sally walked in and said that didn’t sound like good news. Adam said there was a new wrinkle in the plan to acquire ChancComm. Jill had put it up for sale to the highest bidder. Sally thought the whole scheme with Victor regarding Billy was about getting control of ChancComm. “Maybe so, maybe not,” Adam said. He added that Jill opening up things like this gave Newman Media a lot less control over the situation. A bidding war came with a lot of unknowns. Sally assumed all you had to do was bid high, but Adam said it wasn’t that simple. Newman Media would have no idea who they were competing with. The one positive was that Billy would lose no matter who won. Sally was just glad that whatever happened wouldn’t negatively impact Newman Media, because she had big plans for the fashion platform. He was counting on that. She offered to help if he needed her. He said thanks, but no. He got a call that he had to take, and he asked her to shut the door on her way out. Sally put her ear to the door, but she couldn’t hear anything, so she sighed and left.

Nikki entered Victoria’s office and announced that Jill put ChancComm up for sale to the highest bidder. Victoria wasn’t surprised. She was sure Jill wasn’t too pleased about the precarious situation Billy put it in. Victoria was a little disappointed that Lily and Billy couldn’t convince Jill to sell to Newman/Locke. Nikki said this wasn’t that different than the way Ashland sold Cyaxares. Victoria thought that Ashland actually cared who ended up with his company, and he’d ferreted out the best possible candidates to buy it, while Jill seemed to want to wash her hands of the whole matter. Nikki didn’t blame her. Victoria said nothing in the announcement seemed to protect Lily’s place in the company. She thought that meant that Lily and Billy were both being left in the cold. Victoria wondered if Jill blamed both Lily and Billy for the hit ChancComm took.

Nikki wondered if Victoria was going to make an offer. Victoria had to talk to Ashland first. Nikki was just curious about Victoria’s gut feeling. Victoria took no pleasure in Billy being humiliated by Adam taking over ChancComm. Adam made it clear he wanted to dismantle everything Billy accomplished. Victoria said that Newman Media’s whole plan was to undermine Billy and weaken ChancComm. She thought that Adam and Victor would bid aggressively to win ChancComm. Nikki didn’t think Victoria should get involved, since the last thing the family needed was more conflict. Victoria wasn’t going to let her personal feelings get in the way of a business decision. Nikki didn’t see how that could be avoided when this involved Victoria’s brother, father and ex-husband. Victoria said her father had been in similar situations over the years, and she intended to be the kind of businesswoman he taught her to be.

Billy and Lily were at home when they learned Jill was selling ChancComm to the highest bidder. Billy hated to admit it, but it was a smart move. He thought that could be fun to see the bidding war. Lily told Billy that he didn’t have to pretend to be okay with this. They’d put their heart and soul into this company. He said they did, and now it was done, and they were moving on to bigger opportunities. He asked if she told his mom she was accepting the job as Chancellor CEO. She hadn’t yet. He wanted her to do so soon, so that the announcement could be made ASAP. He didn’t want anyone to think that the mess at ChancComm was her responsibility. She wasn’t thinking about her reputation right now. She was proud of what they built at ChancComm. She knew they argued a lot because they had different styles, but they worked so well together. She asked him to come to Chancellor with her and be her COO. He said he couldn’t because she didn’t need him and his baggage complicating the situation. She asked if he was declining because he didn’t want to be her subordinate. He wouldn’t mind working for her, and he had no problem acknowledging she was his superior. He said he had two areas of expertise, media and cosmetics, and once ChancComm was sold, neither of those things would be under ChancComm’s umbrella. “Who cares. You’re a very fast learner,” Lily said. Billy said that his mom already admitted the only reason she offered him the job was to keep him out of trouble, which he found a little embarrassing. Lily didn’t care; she saw the role as vital, and he’d have a lot of responsibility. Billy said Lily didn’t need him, and he thought it’d be better for her if he wasn’t there. He knew a lot of people thought her only role at ChancComm was to babysit him, and they didn’t know what she was capable of. Lily said that when she was announced as sole CEO, people would see that, and Billy coming to work with her wouldn’t change it. Billy said he loved Lily and planned to spend the rest of his life with her, and he’d cheer her on from the sidelines. As for himself, he had other plans. She knew, and that’s what she was afraid of.

Billy said yesterday, he was sifting through all the damage Victor and Adam inflicted. He wanted to get back at them, but not at the expense of losing Lily or before her future was secured. He didn’t want to do anything to distract from his accomplishments or undermine her. Lily appreciated that Billy was waiting, but she said he had to tell her his plan. He promised he would, but he admitted that he didn’t think she’d like it.

Billy told Lily his plan off screen. She was concerned. It was so complex and risky, and it could blow up in his face. Billy though that was the case with everything in life. Lily said if Billy pulled that off, and that was a huge if, what would Billy accomplish besides revenge. He said Ashland was guilty, and everything in that article was true, and Victor and Adam knew that, but they were only concerned about cutting Billy off at the knees. Billy said if he pulled this off, he’d stick it to Adam where it hurt most and turn the tables on the Newmans. Most importantly, this was about un-tarnishing his reputation. He didn’t plan to fail this time. He hoped she could be in his corner.

Ashley arrived at the ranch, and she and Victor embraced. Ashley had incredible news that she wasn’t able to share with Victor over the phone earlier for security reasons. She announced that Chance was alive, and Abby brought him home. Victor had worried that Abby would go off the deep end. Ashley knew – she’d experienced that kind of grief, and it was unbearable to think her daughter would have to as well. He asked how Chance was. She said all the other team members died, so Chance was buried under the grief and trauma. So much so that he felt obligated to stay and finish the mission. It was a testament to Abby’s strength, love and will that she was able to convince Chance to come home. Victor thought that Abby inherited strength from him and Ashley. Speaking from experience, Victor predicted that Chance’s priorities would change once he got to know his son.

Abby and Chance walked into their home. He surveyed his surroundings and said that it’d been so long that he felt like a complete stranger. He felt disconnected from his life. She said this was his life, and everything that happened in Spain was his job. She told him that he belonged here, at home. Jill came in calling for Abby, and she burst into tears when she saw Chance. Jill rushed over and hugged her grandson. Abby and Chance told Jill how Abby tracked Chance down and brought him home. Jill said this made her believe in miracles. “Thank you, Abby. Thank you for finding my grandson and bringing him home,” Jill said. Jill chided Chance for putting everyone through this. He said it was good to see her too, and they hugged again. Jill was alarmed when she learned that Chance got hurt in the explosion. Chance and Abby reassured Jill by telling her about Kim and Errol, who healed Chance and kept him safe. Chance felt terrible about what he’d put everyone through, but he couldn’t risk something happening to any of them. Jill understood, and she said that Chance acted heroically and honorably, not even meeting his son. Chance smiled because he’d be meeting Dominic today. Jill asked where her great grandson was, and Abby said he was with Devon. Jill couldn’t wait to meet Dominic. Chance’s section chief called to say that there had been a positive development in the mission. The work Chance and his team did lead to the breakthrough, so their work was not in vain. Chance’s family would have a security detail in Genoa City, though they’d stay in hiding. This meant Chance’s part in this was all over, and Abby hugged him.

At the penthouse, Devon told Amanda that he was trying to wrap his head around the fact that Abby found Chance alive. Amanda said they must be looking forward to starting a life as a family. Devon started packing up Dominic’s toys, and the baby started crying, so Devon picked him up (Note: Dominic is being played by a real infant for the first time). Amanda noted that Devon had grown attached to Dominic in the short time he’d been here. She thought it’d be difficult for Devon to send the baby home. Devon said he couldn’t be happier that Dominic would have both his parents, then he abruptly walked off. Later, Chance and Abby came and hugged Amanda and Devon. Devon said Abby scared them to death when she disappeared the way she did, but she’d proven them all wrong about Chance. Chance said he was ready to meet his son.

Dominic was upstairs asleep. Abby thanked Devon for taking care of him and promised that Devon would always have an important role in the baby’s life. Chance knew he owed Devon more than words could say. Chance acknowledged that Devon had been the father figure that Chance couldn’t be at the time. Devon said he got involved to help Chance and Abby start a family. Abby promised they’d repay Devon somehow. All Devon wanted was to know Abby was in a better headspace now than before she left. Abby was great now, and she punctuated the point by hugging Chance. Devon brought the baby downstairs and told him that Chance was his father, then he placed Dominic in Chance’s arms

Jill met Billy and Lily at Society. Jill was glad Lily was on board, and she hoped Billy was okay with all this. She knew he was afraid Adam and Victor would get ChancComm, and she wanted him to understand why she was selling to highest bidder. Billy was able to step back and see this from a business perspective. He said it didn’t matter how he felt, because they had more important things to discuss like making an announcement about Lily taking over at Chancellor. He said the world needed to know that Lily wasn’t responsible for the situation at ChancComm. Jill was impressed with Billy’s attitude, but she was way ahead of him. She told them to check their emails. There was a press release about Jill stepping down as CEO, but staying on in and advisory role. It said that Jill Abbott was proud to announce that she was appointing Lily Winters as her replacement. Jill was proud of Billy for getting past his anger and focusing on what was best for Lily. Now, she had something to tell him.

Lily and Billy were surprised and happy about the news that Chance was alive. Jill said they were keeping this private for Chance and his family’s safety. Billy hoped that Jill knew he could be trusted to keep her confidence, despite some of the decisions he’d made recently. Jill was focused on the future, and she encouraged her son to do the same thing. She said this wasn’t an ending, she hoped it would be a brand new beginning for them all, and she was sure something good would come out of it. Billy felt the same way. Jill left to meet her new great grandson.

Billy was glad that Jill already put out the press release. Lily asked if he felt that way because he was eager to put his plan into motion. He said he was glad because the rest of the world would find out what he already knew – that a talented star was on the rise. Lily thought they needed to go to ChancComm and speak with the staff face to face. He had something to do first. She knew he was more upset than he let on with Jill. She asked if he was moving forward with the plan. He wasn’t ready to make a move just yet, he needed to get everything into place to ensure that he got what he wanted. He said he was proud of her. As she was leaving the table, she looked back at him with a worried expression.

Billy was alone at the bar. Sally joined him and said she heard the news, and it had to hurt. He admitted he’d had better days. She thought it looked like he could use some company.

Jill went back to the Chancellor house, and Ashley was there waiting for Abby and her family to return. Jill was glad to have a moment alone with Ashley because she wanted to hear more about Spain and why Chance couldn’t find a way to tell them that he was alive. Ashley said there was a security issue. Jill was sure that there was someone in the government who could’ve told them the truth. Ashley assumed that everyone in the government thought Chance died along with everyone else in the explosion. She said Chance wasn’t sure who could be trusted, and he didn’t want to put his family in danger. Jill said that Chance was lucky Abby found him instead of Jill, because if Jill had found him, she would’ve throttled him. Ashley knew that Jill was a softy under that tough exterior. Jill was getting really tired of fighting in business and in life, and that’s why she was stepping down from Chancellor. She was ready to be the laid-back matriarch of the family. Ashley laughed and wished Jill luck with the laid-back part.

Victor arrived at Newman Media, and as soon as he walked inside, Adam showed him the news on Lily. Victor thought that was a brilliant move on Jill’s part. Adam said that Jill appeared to be distancing herself from her own son. “Of course she is. She’s a smart businesswoman, he’s an idiot,” Victor replied. Adam said that now that Jill put ChancComm up for sale, they might have to pay more for it than they originally intended, and it that would blow up their plan to cannibalize and dismantle it. Adam said Billy got humiliated privately when he had to beg Victor for mercy, and publicly when he had to print the retraction. Adam asked if Victor wanted to leave it at that or if he wanted to make a play for ChancComm. “We’ll see,” Victor said. Victor said that Jill putting the company up for sale made things more complicated, but he knew Adam liked a challenge. Victor also knew that Victoria would join the bidding just to prevent Newman Media from getting control, since she’d think Billy suffered enough. Victor was curious to find out how far Victoria would go to get what she wanted.

Back at Newman/Locke, Nikki and Victoria learned about Lily’s new job. Nikki was sure Victoria wondered how this was affecting Billy. Victoria assumed Billy was happy for Lily and relieved this didn’t ruin her future. “I know Billy and I – even though he’s not admitting this to anyone, I know that this is hurting him,” Victoria said. Victoria was glad that she made the decision to sending the kids to boarding school for the rest of the year. She hadn’t told Billy yet, but she was going to make it clear that she was committed to doing this. She believed that this was the kind of situation that could push Billy over the rails.

Back to the Main Days of Our Lives Page

Back to the Y&R Updates Page

Y&R cast animation

Y&R Update Thursday, December 2 2021

Young & The Restless Update

Y&R logo

Recap written by Christine

Jill and Billy were at the Chancellor house. He’d just accused her of losing faith in him. She assumed he was saying that because Lily told him about Jill’s job offer. He confirmed that he knew Jill was stepping down as CEO of Chancellor and that she wanted Lily to be her successor. Jill had hoped Billy would be happy for Lily. Billy was happy for Lily – he thought she would do amazing in the role, if she chose to take it. Jill questioned the “If” and Billy said he and Lily were a team, which Jill should know, since she put them together. Jill didn’t want to separate Billy and Lily. She was hoping he’d work at Chancellor Industries. He pointed out that she wanted him in a lesser role, so she wasn’t kicking him to the curb, but she wasn’t standing by him either. She asked him to try and understand why she had to do this. He said it was crystal clear. He asked what her plans were for ChancComm. She wasn’t sure, but she was thinking of selling. He could live with that as long as she didn’t sell it to Victor and Adam, because he didn’t think they should be rewarded after what they did to him. Jill couldn’t make that promise, because this was a business decision, and she would do what was best for Chancellor Industries. Billy’s voice raised as he accused Jill of siding with the Newmans over her own son.

Jill didn’t think that was fair. She asked if he forgot how he got the job at ChancComm in the first place. He asked how he could forget when she reminded him every chance she got. She hissed that she did so because it didn’t sink in with him. “You were at rock bottom one more time. Nobody believed more in you than I did!,” she stated. He felt like she was saying that he let her down and that she shared Victor’s low opinion of him. She told him to leave Victor out of it. He argued that Victor was the one who set the trap he fell into, and because of that, his own mother had given up on him. She denied giving up on him. He understood she was disappointed in him, but the feeling was mutual.

Jill asked if Billy actually thought he was fit to run an international conglomerate. He pointed out that he ran Jabot, and she laughed and replied that they all knew how turned out. He said up until a few days ago, she was thrilled with his work at ChancComm. She said he risked all that success to reignite his feud with Victor and Adam. Billy said this was about protecting his kids. Ashland’s nickname was the Locke Ness monster, and he’d been about to be Johnny and Katie’s stepfather. So Billy looked into Ashland, and so did Victor. For a second, Billy thought he and Victor were going to work together, and if Victor actually cared about Victoria as much as he pretended to, they probably would’ve. But, according to Billy, Ashland turned out to be more ruthless than everyone thought, and Victor identified with him. Victor and Ashland formed an alliance against Billy. Jill said Billy couldn’t let it go. She heard he paid Jesse Gaines a small fortune to stop the wedding, and he antagonized two of the most powerful men in the world. She asked how he thought that would win. He told her that Gaines sent him the video detailing all of Ashland’s crimes, and Billy had everything he needed to topple Victor and Locke. Jill asked what happened to the video. Billy said he deleted it to protect Victoria. Frustrated, Jill demanded to know why Billy went to such extremes. “Because I have already lost one kid and I’m not gonna let that happen again,” Billy snapped. Jill softened and said there had never been a hint that Ashland was a threat to the children, and she was sure Billy must know that Victoria wouldn’t put them in danger. She wanted to know why he was so determined to stop the wedding – did he have feelings for Victoria?

Billy said he loved Lily, and he thought he’d be with her for the rest of his life. He and Victoria were just co-parents. Jill asked why Billy was so compelled to keep Victoria from moving forward, even putting ChancComm at risk. He didn’t expect it to go this far, though he probably should’ve. She wondered if the gambler in him couldn’t resist battling his nemesis. Billy clarified that he’d set the war aside until Victor told him that he was coming after ChancComm. Billy wasn’t proud of some of the things he did, but he was trying to live up to his commitment to Jill, Lily and the staff, so he grabbed the only weapon he could get his hands on. “Blackmail,” Jill stated. Billy never intended to publish the article, but Victor and Adam hacked into ChancComm’s system and authorized its release. He admitted he shouldn’t have sunk to their level. Jill blamed herself for giving Billy too much power before he was ready. He said everything was fine until Ashland came into the picture. Jill thought Billy needed to be in a position where he was free to generate his genius ideas. He said he wasn’t going to accept the COO position at ChancComm. Exasperated, she ordered him to stop. “This is what’s wrong with you. You are so damn impulsive.” He thought she’d been wanting to say that the whole conversation. He sarcastically thanked her, and he left.

Billy went to Crimson Lights where he ran into Adam. “Good to see you, Billy. How are you enjoying early retirement?,” Adam said. Billy said his offer to step down was contingent on Victor and Adam getting Ashland to drop the lawsuit, which never happened. Billy said that he guessed Adam and Victor didn’t have as much control over Ashland as they thought. He said never to trust a man who stole his best friend’s identity and mentor’s fortune. Adam heard Ashland and Victoria made their own offer for ChancComm. Billy said Adam got played. “I know how hard you worked to bring me down, you’re not going to have anything to show for it when I land on my feet again,” Billy said. Adam replied that Newman Media could still buy what remained of ChancComm, but it didn’t matter who bought it, because the truth was no one wanted Billy attached. Adam thought this was the price Billy was paying for releasing the expose on Adam. “The new and improved Adam still holds a grudge,” Billy said. Adam said that the next time Billy was wallowing in booze and self pity, which would likely be any minute now, Billy should remember that he brought all of this on himself. Adam left. Billy flashed back to a memory of Adam saying that he couldn’t wait for this whole thing to blow up in Billy’s face.

Adam went to the Chancellor house to see Jill. She demanded to know what the hell he wanted. Adam wanted to extend his condolences on her grandson. He said Chance saved his life once. Jill wasn’t interested in taking a stroll down memory lane with Adam, so she asked him to leave. Adam also wanted to discuss the future of ChancComm. Jill noted that Adam tried to bring the company to his knees. Adam suggested that Billy exaggerated the role Adam played in the PR debacle. He admitted he offered help to his new brother in law when Ashland fell victim to the same personal attacks that Billy launched against Adam over the years. Adam said that unfortunately, Billy wouldn’t listen to reason, not even from Victoria, so the courts were Ashland’s only recourse. “Poor Ashland. So vulnerable. So helpless,” Jill mocked. Adam understood that Jill was protective of Billy, who’d come to rely on her support. Jill cut Adam off and told him not to go there, since Adam owed all of his present-day success to Victor’s generosity and forgiveness. Adam thought Jill was a shrewd businesswoman who wouldn’t let personal issues get in the way of what was best for Chancellor. “I’m shrewd enough to know why you’re here. You are here to salvage the mess that you’ve made and get back into Daddy’s good graces,” Jill said. Adam maintained that Jill was misinterpreting things, but she disagreed. She said he wanted to trash Billy and shrink ChancComm’s value so he could pick it up cheap. “Ain’t gonna happy, Buddy. So brainstorm a plan B,” she said. He thanked her for the advice and said he’d be in touch. He left. Jill looked up at Katherine’s portrait and asked if she could believe that guy.

At Crimson Lights, Tessa presented Mariah with some kind of drink topped with a tower of whipped cream and drizzled with chocolate. Mariah asked what this monstrosity was, and Tessa said that the woman Mariah loved used to be a barista and knew all the tricks of the trade. Mariah thought it was obscene, but it looked obscenely delicious. However, Mariah kicked her caffeine tolerance when she was pregnant. Tessa was happy to drink it, but Mariah said it was hers. Tessa was just happy Mariah was taking a break from work. Mariah said this was actually her second break of the day – she spent the first one at Devon’s with the baby, and she even got him to giggle. Tessa said it wounded like Dominic was thriving, and Abby would be relieved when she got home. “Whenever that is,” Mariah grumbled.

Tessa reminded Mariah that she should put herself in Abby’s shoes. Tessa asked what if one of them died suddenly, far from home without ever getting the chance to say goodbye. Mariah said she’d be devastated if that happened, but wild horses couldn’t tear her away from her child. Mariah said nobody knew where Abby was or when she was coming back. Mariah admitted that Abby contacted Devon and had him set up a live stream with Dominic. Tessa thought that was a good sign, but Mariah wasn’t enthused.

Noah joined Mariah and Tessa, and he noticed Mariah’s off-menu drink. Tessa said she’d make him one if he listened to her songs. He knew it had taken awhile, but he went on a walk today, and he immersed himself in her music. He pretended he didn’t enjoy it, then he admitted that he actually loved it. He thought the music was haunting and unique. Tessa smiled brightly. Mariah huffed because she told Tessa that same thing all the time, and Tessa only believed it now that it was coming from Noah. Mariah laughed. Tessa said it was different because Mariah was biased. Mariah said she knew genius when she saw it. Noah thought Tessa had a hit. Tessa had been scared that Noah wasn’t talking to her because he didn’t like her songs, and he didn’t know how to tell her. He promised he’d always be honest with her.

Tessa asked what Noah had in mind for the album. He said they both knew inspiration took time. Tessa stepped away to take a call from her manager. Noah heard Abby left town, and he assumed that was upsetting to Mariah. Mariah was upset, but she admitted Tessa had been right, as usual – Abby was doing the best she could. Mariah said she’d hate people criticizing her when, or if, she was a mother. Noah said that Mariah was free-spirited, so she’d have the kids with purple hair. Noah would love Mariah’s kids like crazy, and people would disapprove of the children, but who cared? Noah noticed things seemed to be going well for Mariah and Tessa. Mariah said they had a crazy few months, but they were in a good place. Noah was glad. He said it wasn’t always easy remembering why you got together in the first place. Mariah commented that someone really did a number on Noah. Noah didn’t want to talk about it. Mariah was glad Noah was back. She hoped he was staying because he wanted to be here, not because he was avoiding something or someone in London. He said he was glad to be back in Genoa City. He was relaxing, recharging and thinking of what came next. Mariah said the iconic album cover for Tessa came next. Noah was honored Tessa asked him.

Mariah sent Noah Christian’s pee-wee basketball schedule and told him it was a fun diversion. Tessa returned, and Noah asked her about her thoughts on the cover. She wanted something evocative, something that had a new thing to discover every time you looked at it. Noah showed Tessa some designs, and she loved them. She thought she and Noah spoke the same language. They were excited to work together.

Devon was at home with the baby. He bounced Dominic as they walked around, until he fell asleep. As soon as he put the baby in his bassinet, the doorbell rang. Amanda rushed downstairs and answered before it woke the baby. Imani came in, and she and Amanda quietly admired Dominic. Imani asked what it was like having a baby around 24/7, and Devon said it was never a dull moment. Devon asked what Imani and Amanda were doing today. Imani realized Amanda didn’t tell Devon the news. Amanda said she was just about to when Imani came over. Imani wanted to be the one to tell Devon. Imani said she and Amanda were going house hunting for her parents, maybe choosing something across the hall from Devon and Amanda’s or right downstairs, so Naya could pop in 24/7. Devon looked a bit alarmed, and Amanda assured him that Imani was teasing. Amanda and Imani were actually looking for a space for their new law office. Amanda was excited about starting the new chapter of her life after the trial. Devon asked Imani how she thought it would be after so many years of working for her grandfather. Imani said she liked a challenge. Devon offered to help with setting up the office space or finding a designer. Amanda said Naya made the same offer, but she and Imani wanted to do this on their own. He wished Amanda luck. “She doesn’t need luck. She’s got me,” Imani said. After Imani and Amanda were gone, Lily came over and visited Devon and looked in on the baby. She loved seeing Devon dote on Dominic.

Lily needed advice. Devon saw the article and retraction ChancComm put out. Lily said the story was true, but the Newmans blackmailed their source into retracting. Lily said that Jill had had it with Billy and she was thinking of selling off ChancComm. Lily swore Devon to secrecy, then she told him Jill was thinking of retiring and making her CEO of Chancellor. Devon loved the idea of Lily running his grandmother’s company. He said Neil would be so proud of her. He noticed that she didn’t look happy, though. He asked if she talked to Billy about it. She said Billy was happy for her, but he was upset with himself and with Jill for not believing in him and furious with Adam and Victor for the sabotage. Lily was afraid of what Billy would do with that anger.

Devon thought that what really hurt was that Adam and Victor took advantage of Billy’s strengths. Lily said Billy would do anything to protect ChancComm from Adam and Victor. ChancComm was Billy and Lily’s baby. Devon understood. Lily admitted she wasn’t innocent either – she also got drawn in and was willing to do whatever it took to protect what she and Billy built. Devon said the difference was Lily reined herself in and Billy couldn’t. Lily wasn’t upset with Billy, because his heart was in the right place. Devon said that Lily’s relationship with Billy was different than her marriage. Lily agreed. Even though she and Billy disagreed a lot, she never felt like the relationship was in jeopardy. She said they never betrayed each other, and she never questioned how he felt about her. Their relationship was more important than any job. Devon said all Lily had to do was make sure Billy knew this.

Imani and Amanda went to Society after office hunting. They couldn’t believe how far they’d come. From Imani serving Amanda with a restraining order to going into business together. This was such a spectacular day that they decided on champagne. Imani’s treat. When Amanda wanted to buy, Imani explained why she wanted to pay instead. Imani had never considered working for anyone besides Sutton. Imani clarified that she’d actually thought of doing other things in the past, but when she brought up the idea in front of their grandfather, she’d learned to keep her mouth shut. Now she got to work with her big sister, and she couldn’t wait to get started. Amanda loved that she gained a sibling and a partner.

Amanda and Imani both loved one potential office space. They thought they might be on the same page, but Imani’s favorite was the high rise, and Amanda’s was she storefront. Imani thought that the high rise was aspirational and it’d speak to their clientele. Amanda said they weren’t focusing on corporate law, and they didn’t want a location that felt elitist. Imani thought the storefront was too far from the courthouse, and the high rise lent an air of professionalism and legitimacy. Amanda though they should impress people based on their results, not their address. Imani said that while Amanda had an impressive track record, Imani was just starting out. Amanda said she was also the mentor, so maybe Imani should take her advice and take a breath. Imani was going to have some champagne, but Amanda said they had to figure this out first. Amanda brought up the converted Victorian. Imani liked it too, and they listed its assets. It was gorgeous, homey, classic street level and close to the courthouse. It was perfect. Amanda toasted to Sinclair and Benedict. Imani suggested Benedict and Sinclair.

Amanda came home after Lily left. Amanda thought she and Imani found an office. “That’s faster than I anticipated. ‘cause Imani can be a little Imani,” Devon said. Amanda laughed and said she toned Imani down a little bit. Devon proudly announced that something special happened today – Dominic reached up and grabbed his own rattle and shook it around. Amanda joked that Devon would probably be filling out college applications soon. Devon was thinking Dominic could go to Stanford like Neil and Mattie. Teasing, Amanda asked if Yale wasn’t good enough, and Devon said he’d add it to the list. The phone rang just as they kissed. Ashley let Devon know that Abby was coming home. The call ended. Devon was subdued, which prompted Amanda to ask if Abby was okay. Devon said she must be fine because Ashley said once they landed, Abby wanted to come get Dominic.

Lily found Billy at Crimson Lights and asked what he was thinking about. He wasn’t ready to share that. He said he and Jill didn’t see eye to eye. He was going to come up with his own solution that didn’t involve a handout from Chancellor Industries. He told her not to worry – when he got knocked down, he got back up, and she could count on that. So could Adam.

Back to the Main Days of Our Lives Page

Back to the Y&R Updates Page

Y&R cast animation

Y&R Update Wednesday, December 1 2021

Young & The Restless Update

Y&R logo

Recap written by Christine

Ashley got back on the plane without Abby. Jack didn’t understand why they were leaving Abby behind when she was still deluded into thinking that Chance was alive. Ashley said Abby wasn’t delusional – she’d had hope, and she didn’t give up, and Ashley was so glad about that. Ashley swore Jack to secrecy and revealed that Chance was alive, and Abby was with him right now. Jack marveled at how Abby never accepted that Chance died, unlike everyone else. Ashley told Jack that Chance didn’t want to abort the mission and come home. Jack acknowledged that Chance always had a strong sense of duty. Ashley added that it was a point of pride for Chance that he’d never failed a mission. Ashley said that Abby was pulling out all the stops to convince him to come home, including a live stream of Dominic. Chance was torn up, because he wanted to be with his baby, but he felt compelled to stay here. Ashley knew Abby wouldn’t leave Chance’s side, which meant she’d be living under the constant state of danger and worrying that Chance would take off for Valencia and get killed for real. Jack didn’t think Abby would be able to stay away from Dominic that long.

As persuasive as Abby was, Jack wasn’t sure she’d be able to convince Chance to come home. Jack suggested they take pressure off Abby by going over Chance’s head. He thought that Ashley should call Christine. Ashley pointed out that Christine didn’t know Chance was alive. Jack thought it was okay to let Christine into their circle of trust. He was sure that Christine would be willing to reach out to her contacts at the State Department, who could let Chance know that his work was done. Ashley said Chance’s supervisors might want him to stay on the mission. She thought that they should stay out of it and let Abby and Chance work on this together. Jack asked what if things didn’t work out the way they wanted it to.

Kim and Abby talked while Chance was out taking a walk. Abby asked Kim to help her convince Chance to come home. Abby said Chance felt like he needed to complete the mission, but she didn’t come all this way to leave without her husband. It tore her apart to be away from their baby, but she had this feeling Chance was alive. Kim was glad Abby came, because she thought that Chance needed to be with Abby after all he’d gone through. Abby asked Kim to convince Chance that he was too injured to go back to the field. Kim said that wouldn’t be honest. Abby implored Kim to help her change Chance’s mind. They didn’t know that Chance was eavesdropping just outside the door. Kim didn’t think Chance would listen to her. She believed that if Chance went back to the states, it had to be a decision he and Abby made together. Chance walked in, so Kim stepped out.

Chance admitted he heard what Abby said. He hated that she was hurt, but he wished she could understand why he had to stay. She understood how he felt, but she said that he didn’t even know if he’d be able to complete the mission. She said he was injured and the mission was compromised. She suggested that his chief was coming up with a new plan that didn’t involve him. He didn’t think they should speculate about that. She said that the department had other options, but she only had one husband, and he was Dominic’s father. “You’re irreplaceable to us. Doesn’t that make a difference to you? Aren’t we enough to change your mind?,” Abby asked.

Chance wanted to be with Abby and Dominic more than anything, but he couldn’t leave. Abby asserted that he could. She had compassion for him after he lost his colleagues. He said they were his friends. She understood he wanted to do right by his friends, but it was time for him to do right by himself and Dominic. She told him to think about the promises he made. She showed him his wedding ring. She said they found it in the rubble from the explosion. Chance confessed that he took the ring off and put it in the rubble to sell that story that he died. He asked if she could forgive him, and she said of course. She said she’d been wearing the ring on a chain so it would be close to her heart. Abby reminded Chance that on their wedding day, he promised to give her the life she deserved and to keep the family safe and happy. They’d made a promise to have and to hold until death did them part, and she was going to hold him to that promise. She admitted it might not be fair, but she didn’t care because she was fighting for the survival of their family, and she needed him to fight too. Chance said he loved Abby more than he could ever show him. She challenged him to prove it. He asked for the ring, and she gave it to him. He put it back on. “Let’s go home,” he said, and she hugged him.

Kim returned and congratulated Abby on getting Chance to do the right thing. Meanwhile, Chance called his boss with the news. Chance’s section chief thought he was making the right decision. The State Department was going to give Chance and Abby security in Genoa City. Chance said he never failed at anything before. Abby said Chance didn’t fail – he gave the information to other people who could complete the mission. Kim assured Chance that he was making the right decision. She said she’d pack a bag for Chance. Chance was grateful to Kim and Errol, who was still in Dublin. Kim didn’t need that, she just wanted Chance to cherish the time with his family and listen to his wife, because she was smarter than he was. Everyone chuckled.

Later, Abby and Chance prepared to call his mother. He thought Abby should talk first and prepare Nina. Abby did a video chat with Nina and said she was on an island in Spain. Nina was concerned because Abby put her life in danger. Abby said it was worth it. Abby knew Nina was with Phillip in Australia, and she asked if he was there. Nina said he’d gone out. Abby had news, but she said Nina couldn’t tell anyone except Phillip. Chance got on the phone, and Nina was shocked and overjoyed.

Abby called Ashley and brought her up to speed. Abby asked that Ashley do something for them.

Victor showed up at Society, where Billy was. They traded barbs. Victor saw Billy order another drink and asked if it was the first one. Billy thought Victor knew it wasn’t, but having an adult beverage wasn’t the worst thing a man could do. Victor said Billy certainly would know. Billy said the last time he saw Victor, he laid down at Victor’s feet, played the sacrificial lamb and begged for mercy, but that wasn’t going to happen again. Victor heard that Ashland and Victoria made an offer to buy ChancComm. He thought it was a good move on their part. When Billy came to Victor and offered to step down so Lily could run ChancComm, he’d thought Victor would contact him. Now Billy realized that all Victor wanted to do was watch him squirm and that he’d planned to wait for ChancComm to lose value so Victor could swoop it up. Billy said Victor had competition. Victor asked if Billy thought his Mommy would accept the offer. Billy said he wasn’t going to tell Victor that. Victor thought Victoria made the offer to spare Billy the humiliation of losing to Adam. Victor stated that Billy would have to face the music no matter what and pay for the consequences of his actions. Billy asked why Victor hated him so much. Chuckling, Victor asked why the Spartans hated the Athenians. Billy asked why Tom hated Jerry, then he said he wanted to hear Victor’s reasoning. Victor said Billy was sort of handsome and somewhat intelligent, which made Victor wonder why Billy cared about his opinion. Billy asked what Victor didn’t like about him. Victor loathed people like Billy. Victor said Billy was born with a silver spoon in his mouth, while Victor grew up in an orphanage and worked for everything he had. Victor thought Billy was like a guy born on third base who thought he hit a triple. Victor felt that Billy was entitled and spoiled and disrespectful of people’s values. Billy admitted he’d done that in the past. Victor wondered if Billy was ready to pay the piper and not get protection from Victoria. Billy said he didn’t need protection from anyone. Billy just wanted to make sure Lily wasn’t hurt because of his actions, and Victoria’s offer allowed that. Victor said that Billy didn’t own the company, Mommy Dearest did. Victor thought Jill knew how to set aside her emotions when it came to business, and she was a savvy businesswoman. Billy agreed, and that was why he didn’t think Victor should feel confident right now. Billy left.

At Lily’s place, Jill said she hadn’t worked out the timeline for her departure from Chancellor, but it’d be soon. Lily was flattered Jill thought she was ready to run Chancellor Industries. Jill clarified that she knew Lily was ready. Lily wondered what would happen to ChancComm and Billy if she took the job. Jill thought Lily saw the writing on the wall for Billy. Referencing the situation with Ashland and Gaines, Lily said that she and Billy got played by master manipulators, and that didn’t negate all the amazing achievements Billy made at ChancComm. Jill said there was no telling how much Billy’s mistake would cost. She felt like ChancComm might be more trouble than it was worth at this point. Lily stated that the company was still turning a profit, but Jill countered that it had significant losses too. Jill said that if they didn’t sell soon, Victor and Adam would keep coming after them and Ashland’s lawsuit would cause even more damage. Jill added that this wasn’t the first time Billy hurt the company by making a move against the Newmans. Lily clarified that she and Billy made decisions as a team. Jill thought this mess had Billy’s fingerprints all over it. Jill wondered how much worse shape the company would be in if Lily hadn’t been there to keep Billy in line. Lily thought Jill was being too hard on Billy. Jill contended that Billy used the company as a tool to exact revenge, and even he knew he went too far, or he wouldn’t have offered to step down. Lily hated this. She and Billy had accomplished so much together. She also didn’t want the amazing team at ChancComm to lose their jobs. Jill said if she sold, she’d stipulate that the new owners had to keep the current employees. Lily thought Jill was being too hasty. She felt like ChancComm could be going through growing pains, and if two years from now, ChancComm was a juggernaut, she thought Jill would regret selling. “What’s done is done and we’ve gotta focus on the future,” Jill firmly said.

Jill noted that Lily never said if she was interested in the offer to be CEO of Chancellor. Lily said of course she was interested. She was sure that when Jill imagined this moment, she’d thought she’d be passing the torch to Billy. Jill would’ve loved nothing more than to hand the company to Billy, but once again, he’d proven to be unreliable. Lily didn’t think that was true. Jill thought Lily needed to stop defending Billy. Jill said Lily was the reliable one, and she’d exceeded expectations. Lily was drawn to the idea of adding to the rich history of Chancellor. Jill said that old bat Katherine would’ve wholeheartedly agreed with the choice to promote Lily. Jill reminded Lily that her dad, Neil ran Chancellor too. Lily said he didn’t run it for long, but Jill said it didn’t matter. She knew Neil would be so proud to see Lily behind that desk. Lily wasn’t okay with leaving Billy out in the cold. Jill had hoped that Lily would hire Billy at Chancellor. Lily suggested they be co-CEOs again, but Jill didn’t want her son in a position to call the shots or have any say in decision making. Jill said Billy could be COO, or whatever Lily thought was appropriate, but Lily had to be in charge, alone.

Lily was torn because she knew Billy would be hurt. Jill told Lily to stop putting Billy’s needs above her own. Jill stated that Billy was a grown man who’d find a way to deal with it. Lily thought that was a little cold. Jill was adamant that Lily couldn’t let her personal life stand in the way of her success. Jill said that relationships didn’t always last, but a career was something you could count on and build a future on, not just with money – being a boss was very empowering. Lily felt like she and Billy were in it for the long haul, so she couldn’t just ignore his feelings like Jill could. Jill clarified that it killed her to set this condition, but she had no choice. She acknowledged that Billy made great strides in his personal life, but professionally, he didn’t understand that there were some risks that weren’t worth taking.

Billy came home and told Jill and Lily not to stop talking on his account. Lily said they were discussing a project, and Billy asked if that’s what they were calling him now. Jill noticed Billy had been drinking. Billy said he took a cab home – he was capable of being responsible, despite what she might think. Lily asked Jill if she could talk to Billy alone. Jill said that even if she and Billy fought and hurt each other’s feelings, she’d always be his mom and she’d always want what was best for him. He knew, but he said that her opinion on that wasn’t always right.

After Jill left, Lily told Billy about the job offer. Billy thought it was amazing and that Lily would be great at running Chancellor. He assumed she’d take the job. Lily said there was a lot to consider. “You can’t turn this down,” Billy stated. He said it’d do wonders for her career and take her out of the line of fire at ChancComm. Lily revealed that Jill was thinking of selling ChancComm. Billy wasn’t surprised, but he didn’t like the idea of it – ChancComm was his and Lily’s baby. Lily said that Jill was on board with Billy working with her at Chancellor. She added that he’d be second in command, and he noted that he’d be working for her, not with her. Billy said, in Jill’s mind, he’d just failed the “Big Boy Ready to Lead” test. Lily didn’t think it was that simple. Billy continued that Jill was offering him a corner office at Chancellor to keep him out of trouble, and he thought she wanted him to be grateful. “Aren’t you?,” Lily asked. Billy felt like he was losing everything, the job he loved, his dignity, his partnership with Lily. Lily promised Billy that he wasn’t losing her – she was with him no matter what. Even if she accepted the job, she really hoped he’d consider coming to Chancellor with her.

Jill ran into Victor at Society, and he was happy to see her. Victor was sorry about Chance. Jill said Chance was a hero who should be here making a new life with Abby and their baby. Jill announced that Jack left her a voicemail that Abby had been located. Victor was pleased to hear that. He hoped Ashley would be able to convince Abby to come home. Jill said that being a concerned parent was hard. Victor agreed. Jill said Victor knew what she was going through, thanks to him. “After what you and Adam did to my son.” Victor acted like he had no idea what Jill meant. Jill thought they could start with the way he attacked Billy and her media company and called Billy a liar, even though they all knew everything in the Ashland article was true. The only thing Victor would acknowledge is that Billy brought it on himself. Jill conceded that point, but she said Victor egged Billy on every step of the way. Victor said Jill had to bail her son out of another failure. Jill said she and Billy would be fine. Victor thought Billy had gone too far, and he asked what Jill was going to do about it. “Wouldn’t you like to know,” Jill asked, laughing. She left.

Ashley called Victor and said she was bringing Abby home. He thought that was wonderful. The call ended, and Ashley told Jack that it was his turn.

Jill walked into the Chancellor mansion and Jack called to tell her Abby was coming home. She was relieved. Jill took a moment and looked at Katherine’s portrait. Billy showed up and said it didn’t take Jill long to lose faith in him.

Back to the Main Days of Our Lives Page

Back to the Y&R Updates Page

Y&R cast animation

Y&R Update Tuesday, November 30 2021

Young & The Restless Update

Y&R logo

Recap written by Christine

Nikki entered her living room and found Victor deep in thought. He was trying to figure out the next move in the search for Abby, since nobody had seen her in Valencia. Victor’s investigative team interviewed almost everyone who served with Chance in Iraq, and none of them had heard from Abby either. Nikki was sure that was difficult news to break to Chance’s men. Victor said he was loved by everyone he served with. Victor got a call from an old colleague at Newman Enterprises. He let it go to voicemail, because he wasn’t in the mood for chitchat, given what was going on with Abby.

At Chance’s old colleague’s house in Majorca Spain, Chance and Abby debated whether or not he should stay and complete the mission or go home with her. He felt he owed it to the people killed in the explosion to see this through. Abby fell in love with Chance partially because of his sense of loyalty and duty, but she thought that what he was talking about now was revenge. He disagreed. He did want to make the criminals pay. However, Chance and his team had been close to bringing down the head of the operation when the explosion happened. Chance felt that if he gave up now, his friends would’ve died in vain, and he couldn’t live with that. Abby contended that this wasn’t the way to do it. She didn’t think Chance should put his life in danger again. Chance’s section chief was going to send Chance his orders as soon as Chance recovered.

Abby almost got the feeling that Chance didn’t want to come home. He assured her that he wanted to be with her and meet their son. It was almost all he’d thought about since he’d been holed up here. “Almost?” Abby asked. Chance couldn’t erase what happened to his team from his mind, or the anger he felt toward these bastards or the guilt he felt for surviving. Abby said that Chance survived for Dominic. Chance had told himself as much, but he said that the men and women in the safe house had families too. Abby’s heart broke for those people, but she said Chance needed to come home to his family.

Abby knew how difficult the grief was for Chance. He didn’t think she understood, and she countered that she and the rest of his family had been mourning for him. She hadn’t been eating or sleeping because all she’d been thinking about was him. She understood that he wished he could change what happened and exact some justice. He said he was trained to complete his missions. She stated that he was wounded and he barely made it out a live. She thought the fact that his section chief was waiting for him to heal before giving him orders was a sign that he might not be sent to the field again. She thought he could do the work from home. He countered that he was the only one who knew what the guys looked like. She told him he could send his boss a description. Chance was torn between his duty and his love for Abby. He asked how he was supposed to choose. She didn’t think he should make any decisions now, while he was exhausted. She wanted to go lay down together, and she thought once he woke up, he’d have a new perspective. She took his hand and they went to his room.

Later, Abby returned to the living room. She called Ashley crying and saying she didn’t know what to do. “Chance – Chance is…” Abby started to say. Ashley interrupted and asked where Abby was. They learned that they were both in Spain, and Ashley said Jack was here too. Ashley said she’d come to Abby. Abby thought she needed to do this alone, but Ashley refused to allow that. Ashley promised that she wouldn’t judge Abby. Abby agreed to see her mother, but not her uncle, so Ashley promised not to bring Jack.

Jack got back on the plane, dejected because the lead he’d followed was a bust. Ashley gave him the news and asked him to tell the pilot to go to Majorca.

Adam was on his way into Society. He got a call from the same person who’d tried to get in touch with Victor. The person shared some unpleasant news.

Victoria and Ashland were in Society. She checked her phone for the tenth time. He laughed, recalling how often he used to check his phone when he was on the verge of making a killing and was waiting for the prey to roll over in defeat. Victoria said she wasn’t checking to see if Billy and Lily spoke to Jill about the offer to buy ChancComm. She was hoping for an update from her father about Abby. Since it came up, she figured they should talk about how to handle Victor and Adam if Jill accepted the offer. Ashland asked what Victoria thought, since she knew Adam and Victor best. She knew they’d be less than thrilled, since Ashland’s lawsuit, or dropping of the lawsuit, was key to Newman Media’s strategy. But she did think they should tell Victor and Adam before they found out from someone else. He asked why they should rock the boat when their offer might get rejected. Adam walked in, and Victoria sensed he already knew.

Ashland invited Adam to join them, but Adam had lost his appetite. He asked if it was true that Newman/Locke offered to buy ChancComm. Victoria asked where he heard that. Adam knew Victoria was aware that Victor still had contacts at Newman Enterprises. Someone called and tipped Newman Media off. Victoria said she’d have HR refresh the staff on the consequences of violating the NDA. Adam took that as a yes. Ashland said he and Victoria weren’t in the habit of sharing future business deals with anyone. Adam was angry with Ashland. “You swore up and down that you were on board with Newman Media’s plan. We looped you into every detail. We covered for you. We trusted you. I mean we treated you like family,” Adam griped. Adam asked why Ashland went behind their back.

Victoria thought Adam’s outrage was misplaced and ridiculous. She reminded him that he was the one who orchestrated this elaborate take-down of ChancComm. Adam wondered if Ashland had been playing them all along, making Adam and Victor do the heavy lifting so Ashland could swoop in for the kill. Victoria thought Adam was out of line. She noted that Ashland was the one who put everything on the line and was facing a costly and arduous public lawsuit all while fighting for his life. Adam countered that no one twisted Ashland’s arm. Victoria said ChancComm was originally part of Newman Enterprises, so she had every right to take it back. Adam told Ashland that Victoria was trying to protect Billy and his job. Victoria replied that Billy made his bed and he could suffer the consequences. Ashland said it was just business, and if he and Victoria made an offer, it was because they were doing what was best for their company. Ashland said he initiated a lawsuit once ChancComm published the libelous article. He held up his end of the bargain, and now ChancComm was fair game. Adam surmised that this was all Victoria’s idea. Victoria told Adam to have a nice day.

Ashley called Victor and gave him and Nikki an update on Abby. Nobody knew why Abby was in Majorca, but Ashley said she’d keep Jack updated, and Jack, in turn, would pass the information on to Victor. The call ended.

At the main house, Victor wasn’t sure Ashley would be able to convince Abby to come home, since she had such a stubborn streak. Nikki implied that Abby got it from Victor. Adam showed up, and Victor was eager to tell him the good news, but Adam said it’d have to wait. Adam let Victor know what Victoria and Ashland did. Adam said Victor brought Ashland into the family, and he double crossed them. Adam expected this from Victoria, but he’d thought Ashland was on Newman Media’s side. Adam assumed Nikki knew about this, and she said whether she did or not, it was none of his business because she worked for Newman/Locke, not Newman Media. Adam apologized. Nikki appreciated how frustrating it was to be the last to know. Victor seemed unfazed, and Adam didn’t understand why he wasn’t more angry. “We could’ve let Ashland suffer with his past being exposed, except we came up with this plan to protect him and Victoria. And this is how they repay us?,” Adam complained. Victor just hoped this was Victoria’s idea, because if it was, it meant she was looking out for her company. Victor’s only concern was that Victoria was protecting Billy Boy. Adam had suggested that, and Victoria denied it. Victor assumed that meant Victoria was trying to correct the mistake she made when she sold the media division to Chancellor Industries. Adam added that it meant they couldn’t trust Victoria or Ashland. Victor said you couldn’t trust anyone in business. All Victor cared about was cutting Billy off at the knees. Getting ChancComm was just icing on the cake. Adam asked if Victor was just going to let Victoria and Ashland get away with this. “It has all just begun,” Victor replied.

Back in Majorca, Abby texted Devon that she needed him to do something for her. Ashley showed up at Kim’s house and hugged Abby. Ashley knew that Abby would be in Spain and that she’d need Ashley. Abby said she had that same intuition, which told her Chance was still alive, and she was right. Chance was asleep in the bedroom. Ashley was stunned and excited to tell everyone. Abby said Chance was physically okay, but struggling emotionally, and he didn’t want to come home. Abby said she knew who Chance was who she married him, and she fell in love with him partially because of his sense of loyalty and dedication, but now she was worried his dedication was too strong. He was insisting on completing the mission. Ashley thought this meant Chance was in a fragile state of mind, and they had to have empathy for him as a leader and soldier. Abby said she had to prepare herself for battle. Chance walked out and was upset. “Abby what the hell is Ashley doing here? Did she come with you? Did you lie to me about coming alone?,” he yelled. Abby clarified that Ashley and Jack had come to Spain on their own. This is exactly what Chance was trying to avoid. He wondered how soon until his cover was blown. Ashley assured Chance that Jack didn’t know anything about this. Abby and Ashley swore they’d never endanger Chance. Ashley was only here to support Abby, and Chance, if he’d let her. Chance was sorry he lashed out, but he wasn’t leaving. He told Abby to go home with Ashley and play the grieving widow a little longer. Abby refused to leave. Chance said it was too dangerous, but Abby said that when she thought he was dead, part of her died with him. He told her to go back to Dominic, but she said that they both needed to go home to their son.

Abby handed Chance her phone. It was on a live stream of Dominic. Chance said that Dominic was everything they prayed for – his sparkly eyes, and his handsome smile, and he needed his dad. Abby reiterated that Dominic was the reason Chance survived, and she told him he needed to come home.

Billy and Lily were at home, and he posed a hypothetical question. He asked what she’d say to a reporter who asked what she was doing staying with a man who tanked her empire. Why didn’t she cut him loose? She said she should but she loved him, they were partners, and she believed in second chances. He thought that was one of the nicest things she’d ever said to him. Just as he leaned in for a kiss, there was a knock at the door. It was Jill. Billy hugged his mom and invited her in, where she hugged Lily. Lily gave Jill her condolences on Chance. Jill said everyone told her to keep her distance and give Abby space to grieve, but then she heard Abby was missing and that Jack and Ashley were in Spain looking for her. Billy was caught off guard because no one told him about any of this. Jill sniped that Billy was too busy ruining her media division to pay much attention to family.

Billy thought it was a bit of an exaggeration to say he ruined ChancComm. He conceded that they took a hit, but he and Lily saw a way forward. Jill also came here because she got Lily’s call wanting to talk. Billy didn’t realize Lily called Jill. Lily was sorry to have had to make that call while Jill was grieving for her grandson, but time was of the essence. Jill understood. Billy told Lily that he still thought there was a way to rectify this without involving his mother. Jill said Billy allowed himself to get hacked, and worse, he took the word of a blackmailer. She was frustrated because he never learned, and he was so blinded by hatred of Adam and Victor that he didn’t think of the consequences. He said that if he could go back and change some things, he would. She said it was too late. When she handed her media division to him, he’d sworn he was up to the challenge. He still thought she was right to believe in him. He was only holding onto Gaines to protect ChancComm from Newman Media. “If you think that scoundrel is your idea of protection God help us all,” Jill bitterly laughed. Billy acknowledged that he screwed up.

Billy admitted this was his fault, but he still thought they could turn things around. If he stepped down and Ashland dropped the lawsuit, they could salvage this. Lily wasn’t so sure about that, and neither was Jill. Jill thought Billy should step down – in her opinion, that was the one smart thing Billy said today. Jill wasn’t sure that would get the Newmans to back off, but at least that would give Lily the chance to run ChancComm the way it should be. Lily told Jill about Newman/Locke’s offer to buy ChancComm. Jill thought it was very interesting that Victoria was willing to go against her father again. Billy said they didn’t know if the offer could be trusted – maybe the Newmans were just toying with ChancComm. Jill would prefer not to have this headache. She’d hate to hand the company over to Newman/Locke, though. She asked what the terms of surrender were. Lily said that Newman/Locke was willing to keep her on as CEO. Jill wanted to talk to Lily in private. Lily said Billy was her life-partner, so she wanted him to stay. Billy left anyway, though.

Jill was impressed with the way Lily ran ChancComm. She thought Neil taught Lily well. Lily knew Billy made mistakes, but he had good intentions. Jill thought it was the way Billy went about doing things. Lily conceded that Billy didn’t play by the rules. Jill added that Billy left them to clean up the mess. Jill said that Chance’s death affected her deeply. He was so young, and she never expected to outlive him. Lily couldn’t imagine losing a grandchild. Chance’s death put things into perspective for Jill, and she’d decided to step down from the day to day running of Chancellor Industries and move into a more advisory role. She wanted Lily to become head of Chancellor Industries.

Phyllis saw Billy sitting at the Grand Phoenix bar. She asked if Lily was joining him. He said he’d been kicked out. Phyllis guessed Lily came to her senses, but Billy said he was only here because Lily and Jill were talking. Billy was worried about his mother and business partner discussing the fate of the company without his input. Phyllis thought that sounded interesting, so she took the seat next to Billy.

Billy said that if Phyllis was here to celebrate his downfall, she should know there was nothing she could say to him that he hadn’t already said to himself. She said that she was here to be charitable, because he looked like hell. She changed the subject and said Jack and Ashley were in Spain. Billy knew because Jill told him right before she ripped into him about the debacle at ChancComm. Phyllis grinned about how much of a mess it was. Billy wanted to be left alone. Phyllis said she had a crazy dream that Billy was in, and he gave her advice, and it seemed like he had the answers about her love life. Billy thought that, in reality, the best thing anyone could do was ignore his advice. “The real me has managed to alienate everyone in my orbit,” he said. All he’d tried to do was protect the people he cared about and save ChancComm. “From one screw up to another, it’s gonna be okay. Even us screw-ups deserve love. That’s what a really wise person in my dream said to me,” Phyllis stated.

Billy went to Society, where he ran into Victoria and Ashland, who were on their way out. She asked if Jill made a decision. He said that Jill and Lily were discussing it. Ashland thought it was a good sign that Billy was excluded from the talk. Victoria told Billy she was sorry that it’d come to this. Billy found it hard to believe Victoria was sincere. Ashland said Billy brought this on himself. Billy went to the bar, and Ashland took Victoria’s hand. They walked out, but she kept looking back at Billy.

Jack called Phyllis and said they found Abby. From what Jack gathered, Abby was having a rough time accepting that she’d never see Chance again. Jack had to call Nina and Jill, but he’d wanted to call Phyllis first. He asked if they could have dinner and talk once he got back, and she said she’d love that.

Back to the Main Days of Our Lives Page

Back to the Y&R Updates Page

Y&R cast animation

Y&R Update Monday, November 29 2021

Young & The Restless Update

Y&R logo

Recap written by Christine

Jack and Ashley were on the Newman jet after checking every hotel and restaurant in Valencia. There was no sign of Abby. Jack didn’t think she was there, but Ashley suggested that Abby was laying low. Jack said that Abby didn’t exactly blend in, and he noted that even Victor’s security team was striking out. Everything in Ashley’s body told her that Abby was in Spain looking for Chance. Phyllis called Jack to ask how things were going, and he brought her up to speed. As Phyllis thanked Jack for his lovely gesture on Thanksgiving, brightening what could’ve been a sad day, Amanda walked into the hotel. The call ended.

Victor called Ashley. It had occurred to him that Abby wasn’t in Spain. Ashley said she and Jack were thinking of splitting up. Finding the military pin in Abby’s room made Victor think Abby might try and contact the people Chance served with in Iraq. Victor’s team was putting together a list of people in the unit Chance served with. Ashley requested a copy of the list. Victor asked Ashley to be careful.

Ashley needed a diversion, so she brought up Phyllis. She recalled Jack saying he had some conflicting feelings for his ex. They didn’t discuss it on the flight over, because they’d been focused on Abby. Jack told Ashley that her initial reaction when he started talking about Phyllis didn’t make him want to open up about his feelings. Ashley promised to try and keep her attitude in check. She wanted to help. Jack admitted his feelings for Phyllis resurfaced, but he had concerns about acting on it. Being friends and confidants with Phyllis worked out pretty well, but starting a new relationship was fraught with pitfalls. Ashley noted that Jack sent Phyllis Thanksgiving dinner and chatted with her for an hour while she ate it. To Ashley, that didn’t sound like the actions of a man who was conflicted and concerned. “It sounds like a man who’s falling back in love,” Ashley said.

Jack admitted Phyllis made him happy, but he didn’t think she was going to jump into a relationship right after ending one. Ashley countered that Phyllis jumped from one relationship to the next, sometimes before the prior relationship was even over. When Jack reminded Ashley that she’d said she’d keep her attitude in check, she said it wasn’t an attitude, it was honesty. Jack was aware of Phyllis’s history, but he hadn’t been a saint, himself. Ashley understood the pull toward one you’d loved and lost. She’d tried it a few times herself, and it never worked. He asked if she was saying that because she failed in her second and third relationships with an ex, he was doomed too. She just didn’t want to see him stuck in the middle of something before he’d thought everything through thoroughly.

Jack appreciated the sisterly advice, but he was ready to change the conversation. Ashley was concerned she’d hurt Jack’s feelings, and he said she didn’t. There was just nothing he could do while they were here in Spain. They shifted their focus back to Abby.

Back at the hotel, Phyllis gave Amanda a mimosa on the house to celebrate Sutton being found guilty. Amanda felt relieved by the verdict. The sentencing wasn’t for a few weeks, but at Sutton’s age, any sentence would be a life sentence. Amanda said Imani and Naya were fine with the verdict. Amanda never imagined this was the way her search for her birth parents would turn out. She said Sutton forced Naya to give Amanda and Hilary away to protect his image, and he killed their father for the same reason. Now the granddaughter he never wanted was standing shoulder to shoulder with Naya and Imani, and they were still a family despite everything that Sutton did. Phyllis said that was because of Amanda, who forgave Naya and Imani for pushing her away. Amanda understood that they rejected her because they were afraid of Sutton, and she’d wanted to help them get out from under his thumb. Her life was richer with them in it. “You won,” Phyllis said. She suggested that it may have been Amanda’s dad looking over her like a guardian angel. Amanda liked the idea of her dad looking out for her and being proud of her.

When Amanda came in earlier, she noticed Phyllis beaming while on the phone with Jack. Phyllis didn’t think she’d been beaming. Amanda thought Phyllis took her advice, did some soul searching and realized that she wasn’t over Jack. Phyllis admitted she was having some feelings about Jack that she didn’t understand and that scared the hell out of her. Amanda didn’t think Phyllis looked scared on the phone. According to Amanda, Phyllis looked more like she’d wanted Jack to come to the hotel so she could hug him. Phyllis scoffed. Amanda thought that Phyllis looked happy earlier. Phyllis admitted Jack did make her happy. She sang his praises – kind, generous, witty, charming and he had an edge. Phyllis didn’t know what was going on between her and Jack, but it was complicated.

Phyllis was confused by her feelings. Amanda thought that was understandable, especially since Phyllis just broke up with Nick. Phyllis still loved Nick, and she always would. Initially, things with Nick were amazing, but then they took a turn, and she didn’t know why. She was always bracing herself for the next argument. It wasn’t like that with Jack. Phyllis could be herself with Jack, but the question was – was she ready for it. Amanda understood that Phyllis wasn’t looking for anything with anyone right now, but this wasn’t anyone – it was Jack. Amanda knew the timing wasn’t right, but it never was. She thought Phyllis knew what she wanted, but she didn’t want to admit it. Amanda asked how Jack felt. Phyllis was pretty sure he felt the same way she did. Amanda asked what Phyllis would do next. Phyllis didn’t know.

Abby was at Kim’s house in Majorca, Spain. An excited Abby bombarded Kim with questions about Chance’s condition. Kim urged Abby to breathe. Abby was sorry – she got like that when she was excited. Kim knew, because Chance told her. Abby was hopeful when she heard Chance was able to speak. She rattled off questions about when she could see him, and again, Kim urged her to calm down. Kim had been in Spain so long that she wasn’t accustomed to American energy. Abby said that everyone believed Chance was dead, but she held out hope. Kim promised to take Abby to Chance, but she said there were things Abby needed to know first.

Kim’s husband, Errol was away on business in Berlin. Chance showed up at the house a few days after the explosion. He had a concussion and a leg injury. He came to the couple because they were medics. They stitched him up and gave him a place to stay. Kim and Errol knew they were putting themselves in danger helping him. Abby was grateful. Kim had no doubt Chance would do the same for them. Kim said that Chance had a lot of rage and guilt over the death of his colleagues, and Abby needed to be prepared to deal with that. Abby asked why Chance didn’t let her know he was alive. “Because he knew it would put you in terrible danger,” Chance said as he entered the room. Abby hugged him tightly.

Abby and Chance had a tearful reunion, in which she said she never gave up hope. He apologized for making her suffer. All he’d wanted to do was complete the mission and come home to her, but sometimes things didn’t work out the way you hoped. She felt that things did work out. He said Kim never should’ve brought her here. Abby said Kim wasn’t to blame. Abby had been determined to find Chance no matter what. Chance faked his death to protect the family. He was concerned that, by coming here, Abby undid all the work he’d done to make the people who set the explosion believe that he was dead. Abby assured Chance that she’d been careful. No one knew she was here, and not even Victor had been able to track her.

Abby said she was going to bring Chance home to meet his son. Chance was shocked he had a son. Abby showed him pictures of Dominic Phillip Newman Abbott Chancellor. He loved the name. She explained that the D was for Devon, the M for Mariah, and the Phillip was obviously after Chance. Chance asked where the baby was, and Abby said that Devon had him. She explained that people thought she was taking time alone to process things. Chance was worried that people would be able to put things together. Abby said nobody would ever know she was in Majorca. She’d covered all the tracks. She wanted to know everything about what he’d been through.

Chance had been on his way into the safe-house when the explosion happened. It blew him back about thirty yards. He hit his head and a beam landed on his leg. He didn’t lose consciousness, but he wished he had, because he’d heard the screams coming from the building. He went inside and looked for people, but he didn’t find anyone. The people who planted the bomb showed up to make sure there were no survivors, so Chance buried himself under concrete and played dead. Once the people left, he headed here for medical attention. He snuck onto a freighter to Majorca. Once Errol and Kim patched Chance up, he contacted his director. He and the director agreed that, for the sake of the mission, and for Chance’s safety, they shouldn’t tell anyone he survived. Abby said that the authorities withheld the truth, and that was why Christine thought Chance was dead. Abby knew it would take a lot of time and effort for Chance to get through this, but she was here to take him home. She could get him out safely and anonymously. He was sorry he put everyone through this, but he had to stay in Spain and finish the mission. Abby asserted that the mission was over, since everyone was dead. Chance saw the guys who killed his friends, and he recognized one of them. He had to find him, because that would lead Chance to the guy on top. Abby thought another agent should do it, but Chance was adamant that he had to see this through. He’d never failed or left a mission, and he wouldn’t stop now. He’d bring down the men who killed his team – they deserved no less.

Devon and Dominic were at Crimson Lights. Devon recalled Abby dropping Dominic off at his house. Nate joined them, and they talked about what a great Thanksgiving dinner they had. After their family dinner, Amanda went to see her mom, and Devon took Dominic to see his grandparents. Nate enjoyed having a full day off from his job as chief of surgery. Nate said there was a lot of bureaucracy stuff, but he enjoyed his job. Nate asked how Devon was doing with Dominic. Devon wished Abby never left, but he was enjoying every second he got to watch the baby. Devon was learning to care for the baby day by day and figuring out what his cries meant. Devon said Dominic was advancing – they did tummy time, and he was trying to lift his head. Devon didn’t think Dominic would be with him for long, since the goal was to have Abby come home, but in the meantime, he’d monitor the baby’s progress. He said he’d always keep an eye on Dominic.

Nate could tell how much Dominic meant to Devon, and he knew it must be amazing for Devon to know this was his biological son. However, Nate wanted to be sure Devon was prepared for what would happen when Abby came back. Devon was enjoying this special time with Dominic, but he knew Abby was the mom, and the sooner she could come back and be the mother Dom deserved, the better.

Victor visited Devon at the penthouse. Victor let Devon know that Ashley and Jack’s search was unsuccessful. Victor had informed Christine, and he said that she was very unhappy with Abby for putting herself in danger. Victor was determined to find Abby. Victor watched Dominic sleep and asked how he was doing. Devon said the baby didn’t sleep very well last night, probably because he was getting used to his new environment, and he missed his mother. Victor thanked Devon for taking care of the baby and for bringing him over for Thanksgiving. It lifted Victor and Nikki’s spirits even though there was an empty seat at the table. Devon thought they’d made a mistake discouraging Abby from going to Italy – if they’d been supportive, she probably would’ve contacted them now. Victor said they had to try and make Abby listen to reason. Devon knew, but he wondered if Abby really needed to go on this trip to get closure. Victor said that Abby had always been stubborn, so even if Devon had told her to go to Spain, she would’ve insisted on going incommunicado.

Back on the jet, Jack suggested that Abby was at the house that Dina left her in Paris. Ashley said Abby rented the home out because she didn’t think she’d have time to travel once the baby was born. Victor called from Devon’s house. Victor had just spoken to Christine, who confirmed that everyone in the safe house had been killed in the explosion, so there was no one left for Abby to contact. Ashley asked what about the soldiers from Iraq. A list was being compiled, and calls had been made, but so far, none of the people on that list had heard from Abby. Devon added that there were a lot of people on the list who were yet to be contacted. Jack figured they should keep searching Valencia. Ashley worried about what would happen to Abby once she realized she wasn’t going to find Chance.

Back to the Main Days of Our Lives Page

Back to the Y&R Updates Page

Y&R cast animation

Days Update Monday, November 29, 2021

Days of Our Lives Update

Days of Our Lives logo

Update written by Joseph

Maggie finds Brady at the Bistro, seated with a drink. Brady hugs her and apologizes for pulling her away from Thanksgiving. Maggie tells him that they had already finished and then asks Brady how many drinks he’s had.

Chloe and Philip finish eating at the Kiriakis Mansion. Chloe says she knows a great way to burn off Thanksgiving calories and kisses him. Chloe suggests they take a nice long walk to the river bank to check on their tree.

At the hospital, Belle asks Steve how Susan is. Steve says she’s doing okay and that Kayla is allowing Tony and Anna are keeping Susan and EJ company for awhile. Steve asks about John. Belle says he’s not returning her calls or messages. Belle knows John is worried about Marlena but she worries about going after her when she’s out of control like this. Steve assures that if anyone can find Marlena and get through to her, it’s John.

Devil Marlena shows up at Ben and Ciara’s door. Ciara says they were just talking about her. Marlena comes in and tells them to shut the door, saying they have to help her by hiding her.

Shawn enters the living room of the Horton House and finds John passed out in the chair, holding the rosary. John asks about Doug and Julie. Shawn responds that Julie is putting Doug to bed but they are lucky they’re alive. John thinks they are all lucky to be alive. Shawn calls Doug and Julie incredibly brave for calling out the Devil. Shawn adds that Julie said after Marlena knocked him out, Julie called on the power of love to protect her and Doug which worked. John laughs at Julie scaring Satan away. John is glad they are all okay except for Shawn getting cracked in the head. Shawn suggests John get to the hospital but John says that’s all on hold until he finds Marlena. Shawn asks John what happened to him, where he’s been, and what Marlena did to him.

Ciara and Ben ask what Marlena is talking about, if she’s okay, and why they need to hide her. Marlena responds that it’s John. Ben says they are here to help with whatever it is. Marlena never thought she’d have to tell anybody this and she’s afraid they may have a hard time believing her. Ben sits her down while Ciara gets her some water. Marlena is not sure where to start. Ben says she can tell them whatever it is. Marlena responds that the reason John is after her is because he’s been abusing her.

Maggie tells Brady that it doesn’t matter how many he’s had to drink as all that matters is that he called her. Brady then reveals that he hasn’t had a drink and he’s just been staring at it for an hour. Maggie is glad he called. Brady is glad she came. Maggie knows how difficult holidays can be and how hard he’s had it recently. Maggie suggests having the drink taken away. Brady regretted the minute he ordered it but couldn’t find the strength to send it back. Maggie says she understands as that’s the pull alcohol has over them as they can find that urge when they least expect it. Maggie can’t imagine how hard it was for Brady to find Kristen about to run off with Rachel and Kristen begging him not to turn on her in. Brady recalls the look on Rachel’s face and Kristen’s desperation which all broke his heart. Maggie says unfortunately for addicts like them, people can have just as much of a hold over them as alcohol, especially when it’s the mother of his child. Maggie guesses that Brady still loves Kristen very deeply. Brady informs Maggie that he heard from Kristen’s lawyer that she wanted to see him and he came really close, but he can’t do it as he has to end it. Maggie questions him ending up with a scotch instead. Brady admits the drink is not just about Kristen, but also about Chloe.

Chloe tells Philip that she’s feeling extra thankful for him and wants to celebrate by visiting their tree. Philip thinks back to ripping the tree out of the ground and tossing it in to the river. Philip tells Chloe that it’s an awesome idea but he’s so stuffed and it’s cold outside. Chloe questions him being afraid of the cold. Philip says he’s curled up on the couch with her in this warm house. Chloe then asks what about tomorrow. Philip questions missing all the sales on Black Friday. Chloe guesses he’ll be working anyways but says she wants to make a trip to see their tree so she can see how it’s doing.

John informs Shawn that he had been in the DiMera Crypt all this time and that Marlena put him there, but notes that it wasn’t Marlena. John says Marlena is fighting as much as she can but she’s no match for a force of evil as powerful as the Devil. Shawn insists on taking him to the hospital where Belle wants to see that he’s alive and well. John would love to tell Belle that everything is going to be okay but feels he can’t do that until he stops Marlena and saves her. John asks if Marlena said anything about her plans. Shawn thinks she just planned to finish them off until Julie drove her away. John suggests giving the rosary back to Julie but Shawn thinks John could use it a lot more right now.

Ciara questions Marlena saying that John has been abusing her. Ben says he’s so sorry and asks when this started. Marlena claims it’s been going on for some time. Ciara brings up John being out of town. Marlena hoped the time away would do him some good and help him deal with his demons but then he came home this morning. Ben asks what happened. Marlena shows them her bruised wrist and claims John did that. Ben calls it unbelievable. Ciara questions thinking John will come after her. Marlena claims that he was in such a rage when she left that she’s afraid to go back home. Ben repeats that he’s so sorry. Ciara points out that this doesn’t sound like John.

Maggie questions Brady saying this is about Chloe. Maggie knew Victor was trying to push them together but thought it was just his wishful thinking. Brady tells her that he and Chloe are not together but he does have real deep feelings for her and he can’t do anything about it because she’s with Philip.

Chloe looks at a picture of their tree on her phone and talks about the day they planted it. Chloe says it’s probably so much bigger now and she’s just sorry that she hasn’t had the time to go visit it lately. Philip comments on her working hard at Basic Black and how it’s going over there. Chloe says it’s been great and business as usual. Philip asks if there are no big developments to report. Chloe asks like what. Philip thinks back to overhearing Chloe tell Brady that he couldn’t tell anybody about the sex that happened on the conference table and Brady saying it would be their secret. Philip remarks that it seems like Chloe has been working long hours and he hasn’t seen her that much, so he thought there might be something big going on. Chloe tells him that there is one development. Philip asks if it’s a new product line. Chloe then says she needs to talk to him about Brady.

Shawn gets a call from Belle, who questions where he is and where Marlena is. Shawn informs her that he’s still at the house but Marlena got away from him. Belle asks what he means and if he’s okay. Shawn assures that he’s fine and so are Doug and Julie. Shawn adds that John is safe and just got here awhile ago. Belle asks if he’s hurt. Shawn says he’s a little worse for wear but he says he’s okay. Shawn then tells Belle that John is right here but when he turns to look, John is gone.

Marlena doesn’t blame Ciara for being skeptical. Ciara doesn’t mean to upset her, but John is madly in love with her and so gentle with her, so she can’t picture him trying to hurt her. Marlena claims that John flies in to bits of rage. Ben thought these episodes had stopped. Marlena says sometimes he’s normal and sometimes he goes in to an insane rage. Marlena claims she never thought John would hurt her, but he did and says she didn’t say anything because she didn’t want to believe it but it keeps getting worse. Marlena cries that she’s scared. Ben promises to do whatever they can to help them. Marlena says she’s a mess and goes to the restroom to clean up. Ben tells Ciara that this is unreal that John has been abusing Marlena for the past year. Ciara wonders if there’s more to this as she can’t imagine John hurting Marlena, Marlena putting up for it for a year, or John coming after her. John then pounds on the door, saying he knows Marlena is in there.

Brady tells Maggie that he blew it because Chloe admitted awhile back that she had feelings for him but he was with Kristen. Brady says he will always love Kristen as the mother of his daughter, but he feels like he’s been lying to himself for a long time about her and thinking she would change. Brady talks about Kristen’s insecurity and jealousy then says he feels like he’s talking about Philip. Brady tells Maggie that Philip freaks out every time he sees him and Chloe together. Maggie asks if Brady doesn’t push his buttons. Brady admits that he has but says he doesn’t do that anymore because he and Chloe are colleagues and dear friends but nothing more. Brady doesn’t think that Philip is ever going to have the capacity to be the man or partner that Chloe needs. Maggie asks if he’s voiced any of this to Chloe. Brady assures that Chloe is fully aware of how he feels about Philip but he’s trying to do the honorable thing here. Maggie questions if he’s just hoping the relationship implodes on it’s own. Brady admits that’s exactly what he’s hoping for. Maggie asks what if that doesn’t happen. Brady says he will accept defeat then and do nothing. Maggie points out that he’s landed in a bar like this. Brady insists that he doesn’t care whether he thinks Philip is right for Chloe or not, he’s not going to interfere. Brady then admits that it does hurt like hell to think that he and Chloe could’ve had a real chance if Philip wasn’t in the picture.

Philip asks why Chloe would need to talk to him about Brady. Chloe knows Philip and Lucas saw her and Brady walk in to the Salem Inn on the day that she moved out. Philip questions how she knows. Chloe informs him that Brady told her. Philip asks what Brady had to say about that. Chloe responds that Brady said Lucas basically confronted him and accused him of sleeping with her behind Philip’s back. Chloe says she wanted to talk to him about it, but wanted to wait until Philip mentioned it, but it’s been weeks and he hasn’t said a word.

When Devil Marlena went to the restroom, the Devil transformed in to John. “John” continues pounding on Ben and Ciara’s door, saying he knows Marlena is in there. Ben goes to the door. “John” yells for him to let him in. Ben tells “John” that he needs to go home and get out of here. “John” refuses to go until he sees Marlena. Ben then chain locks the door but opens it to tell “John” to go home. “John” questions it being his fault and tells him that everything Marlena is saying is a lie. Ben tells “John” to go home. “John” insists that he knows Marlena is in there, spewing filthy lies about him. “John” shouts that it’s over and he’s going to stop this once and for all, swearing to kill her.

Shawn suggests to Belle that John went to look for Marlena. Shawn goes to look and then finds John collapsed on the floor.

Devil John argues that Marlena is not the victim and shouts that she’s going to get everything coming to her. Ciara has Ben close the door. The Devil then transforms back in to Marlena outside the door.

Maggie wishes she could give Brady advice but she doesn’t know what to say. Brady tells her that it can’t be any worse than the advice he got from Marlena, who told him to throw Chloe on the conference table and ravage her. Maggie questions that coming from Marlena and says it doesn’t sound like her at all. Maggie wonders what’s gotten in to Marlena. Brady doesn’t know but says he obviously did not take her advice. Brady declares that once again, he lost the girl before he barely got the chance to get her. Brady starts to degrade Philip but says no more dumping on Philip since he is Maggie’s stepson and he’s sorry. Maggie responds that she loves Philip, but she loves Brady too and hates to see him in so much pain. Maggie wants Philip and Brady to be happy but unfortunately they both can’t have Chloe.

Philip tells Chloe that he didn’t ask about her and Brady going in to the Salem Inn because there was nothing to know. Chloe assures that nothing happened between them that night and that Brady only helped her with her luggage. Philip claims that’s exactly what he assumed. Chloe is glad but says she kind of has another confession to make. Chloe informs Philip that when Brady told her what they saw, she assumed Philip was going to fly in to another jealous rage and when he didn’t mention anything, she took it as a sign that he finally trusted her. Philip claims he’s learned his lesson and knows how important trust is in a relationship because once it’s broken, it’s all over…

Belle gets John in a hospital bed and asks how he is. John says he’s okay. Belle talks about how all this time John was in the Crypt while they just believed Marlena telling them that he was undercover but they should’ve looked harder and questioned her more. John argues that it wasn’t Marlena so there’s no way they could’ve known. John says all that matters now is that they need to find her. Kayla assures there’s no chance of letting him go as he’s staying in the hospital where they can keep an eye on him. Belle agrees and says she’ll keep an eye on him herself. Kayla notes that they are doing a CT scan for head injury and guesses he’s dehydrated and exhausted, so she believes he will be alright after fluids and rest. John jokes that he’s indestructible. Belle is thankful that Steve found him when he did, because there’s no telling what the Devil had in store for him.

Steve joins Shawn at the hospital and comments that Marlena really got him good. Steve questions him not handcuffing Marlena. Shawn explains that he did, but she snapped the cuffs and then threw him across the room without breaking a sweat and he’s never seen anything like it. Shawn says Kayla looked him over and he’s fine, so he just wants to make sure John is okay and then find Marlena because anyone who comes in to contact with her is in serious danger.

Devil Marlena comes out from the bathroom and asks if John is gone. Ben assures that they will keep her safe and not let him anywhere near her. Ciara can’t believe that was John as she barely even recognized him. Marlena claims that’s not the man she married. Ben wants to call the police but Marlena says no because John has friends in the department and could talk his way out of it. Ciara asks about family. Marlena says Eric is out of the country, Sami is gone, and she doesn’t want to put Belle or Brady in a position to turn against their father. Ben feels there has to be something they can do. Marlena declares that there is and they have to leave town right now.

John tells Kayla that Steve saved his life today. Kayla acknowledges that John is Steve’s best friend in the world, so when they realized that Marlena was lying to them about where John was, nothing could stop Steve from finding him, not even the Devil. John says that’s his partner. Kayla feels she owes John an apology because she was so angry with him for playing the tape of Doug’s session with Marlena, but he knew something was wrong and the tape was the key. Kayla feels if they listened sooner, they could’ve stopped Marlena before she went after John, Doug, or Susan. John says either way, Lucifer would’ve found way to stop them but all that matters now is that they know what they are fighting and that they win the fight for Marlena’ sake.

Ben questions Marlena wanting them to leave town with her. Marlena claims it’s just for a little while because she’s afraid John would find her. Marlena knows they have their own family to think about with the baby coming so it’s a big decision. Marlena decides to go freshen up again while they talk about it, so she heads to the restroom. The Devil hopes for Ben to not let him down. Ciara tells Ben that they can’t just leave town. Ben points out that John has lost it. Ciara feels there has to be a better way to help than leaving town. Ben notes that Marlena has never asked anything of him. Ciara questions where they would go and says they both have jobs. Ben says Marlena is scared and needs their help. Ciara finds this all weird and out of nowhere. Ben says this could have been going on for a year. Ciara suggests trying to help John by calling Belle or Brady. Ben feels that it’s his turn to help Marlena after everything she’s done for him. Ben adds that they are about to have a baby because Marlena convinced him that he could be a good father. Devil Marlena then comes back in to the room and asks if they’ve decided.

Chloe thanks Philip for understanding and trusting her as he has no idea what it means. Philip suggests they go upstairs but Chloe says she has to get back to the Salem Inn because she has an early morning meeting in the town square. Philip notes that she can’t beat that commute. Chloe says she’ll see him tomorrow as they kiss goodbye. Chloe then exits the mansion. Philip remarks that all that talk about trust was right before she meets her boyfriend. Philip declares that there’s no chance in Hell that Chloe and Brady are going to make a fool of him.

Brady finishes a call with Belle, who informs him about John being in the hospital. Maggie asks if John is alright. Brady tells her that he will be alright but Marlena is not. Maggie asks what happened. Brady realizes this is why Marlena’s advice was so crazy was because it wasn’t her at all. Maggie asks what he’s talking about. Brady says it’s going to sound really crazy but Marlena has been possessed by the Devil again.

Steve goes in to see John in his hospital room, joking that he’s looking a lot better than last time he saw him. John says he was having a below average of Thanksgiving until Steve showed up. Steve asks if he’s doing okay. John jokes about wanting some of Kayla’s pumpkin pie. Kayla says they are still waiting on John’s test results. John talks about being grateful for Steve’s friendship but with everything going on, he’s extra thankful for Steve and Kayla today. Steve says they found John so they’re going to find Marlena too.

Shawn asks Belle how John is doing. Belle says he’s okay for someone who was locked in a Crypt for weeks but of course all he wants to do is go find Marlena. Shawn says he’s been holding off on officially reporting this. Belle understands he has no choice. Shawn then calls the police department to put an APB out on Marlena, noting that she should be considered extremely dangerous.

Ciara and Ben pack their bags and leave with Marlena.

Back to the Main Days of Our Lives Page

Back to the Days of Our Lives Main Page

Days of Our Lives cast animated GIF

Days Update Friday, November 26, 2021

Days of Our Lives Update

Days of Our Lives logo

Update written by Joseph

Ben and Ciara talk at home about Ciara having morning sickness. They agree that it will all be worth it in the end. Ben says he has something that might help and surprises her with a present for their anniversary.

Steve goes to the DiMera Crypt but it’s locked. Steve grabs a nearby shovel and begins beating on the door. Steve breaks in to the DiMera Crypt and finds Susan holding the dagger with blood all over her. Steve questions what she has done. Susan cries that she had no choice as she then collapses in to Steve’s arms as Steve looks up to see John chained up.

After Doug declares that Marlena is the Devil, Marlena tells Doug that calling her names is not going to help anything. Doug repeats that Marlena is literally the Devil. Belle and Kayla question what he is saying. Marlena tells Kayla that this is why Doug has to be medicated because he’s delusional and talking nonsense. Julie disagrees and says after everything that’s happened, she believes her husband. Shawn questions Julie believing that Marlena is the Devil. Julie says if she listened to Doug in the first place, none of this would’ve happened. Julie then asks Marlena if she should call her Satan.

EJ sits with Tony and Anna at the DiMera Mansion where Anna informs EJ that she wants to play Kristen in Johnny’s movie. EJ brings up romance scenes between Kristen and John as he reminds her that he is playing John. EJ questions if Tony is comfortable with him seducing his wife.

John is thankful to Steve. Steve questions how this happened. John explains that Susan stabbed herself to protect her son. Steve questions who locked John in here and if it was Marlena. Steve tries to make call for help but isn’t getting a signal. John tells Steve to get Susan to the hospital before she bleeds out. Steve asks what about John. John says he’ll live and tells Steve to just go.

Doug declares that Julie is right and that he’s finally fine. Julie says this explains everything, why Marlena kept Doug in a padded room on drugs and separated from all who love him. Marlena asks Kayla and Shawn to stop this and knock sense in to Julie. Shawn declares that what Julie is saying is making a strange kind of sense. Marlena asks if Belle believes this about her mother and calls it nonsense. Belle brings up that it’s happened before. Marlena claims it can’t happen again because John cast the Devil out of her. Julie argues that John was never really a priest. Marlena insists that she is Belle’s mother and asks Belle to tell her that she doesn’t believe this. Belle responds that she’d like to hear what else Doug has to say.

Ciara tells Ben that it’s not their anniversary. Ben explains that it’s not their wedding anniversary but Thanksgiving 4 years ago was one of the most important days of his life. Ciara recalls that’s when she just broke up with Tripp. Ben reminds her that he ran in to her outside of the Pub. They talk about the motorcycle representing her family, freedom, and future. Ciara opens her gift from Ben which is a motorcycle helmet for their baby. Ciara calls it so sweet. Ben knows their life will be very different in 8 months but the things that truly matter will never change. They joke about a baby on a motorcycle. Ben assures they will take every precaution. Ciara tells Ben that she loves him as they kiss.

Belle argues that Marlena hasn’t been herself since she and Shawn got back from South Africa. Marlena asks why she would say that. Belle brings up Marlena dressing up as the Devil on Halloween and calls it an odd choice, given her past. Marlena claims that it was just a costume and she was supporting Johnny’s film. Belle brings up how Marlena treated that black cat. Julie asks why they are debating this when they heard Doug. Marlena argues that Doug is not in his right mind and asks Kayla. Kayla responds that her faith tells her that there is evil in the world. Marlena asks if Kayla thinks she’s talking to the Devil right now. Kayla talks about how she and Steve tried to get a hold of her for days but she ignored them. Marlena claims she was busy but Kayla says they didn’t believe a word. Marlena questions thinking that she’s lying. Doug says that’s all she does and who she is. Kayla adds that there’s a reason that her entire family are worried about her. Marlena asks if she means Shawn and Belle. Kayla says it’s John and reveals that John listened to the tape of Marlena’s therapy session with Doug. Marlena argues that it’s a violation of her patient’s confidentiality. Kayla says not in this case, because John said he couldn’t hear Doug’s voice on the tape and that Marlena sounded scared. Julie declares that she’s afraid of evil incarnate.

Ciara and Ben talk about their baby wearing the motorcycle helmet and how this all started 4 Thanksgivings ago. They flash back to Ciara telling Ben that she had feelings for him and their first kiss. They talk about it both feels like yesterday and like a lifetime.

Belle guesses that Devil Marlena did something to John. Marlena questions thinking she would do something to hurt her husband. Julie tells her to stop acting as she’s not Marlena. Kayla asks where John is. Marlena claims he’s on a mission and undercover. Shawn suggests continuing this conversation at the police station. Marlena questions what she is being arrested for and asks if Belle is going to let him do this to her. Belle responds that she left him no choice as Shawn handcuffs Marlena. Marlena warns that they will all be very sorry for doing this.

Anna tells EJ that people don’t actually have sex in a love scene for a movie as it’s called acting. EJ says he understands. They suddenly hear banging on the side soor. Tony rushes to open the door. Steve then brings in a bloody Susan. EJ jumps up, shocked to see his mother, and questions what the hell Steve did to her. Steve orders him to call an ambulance now so EJ goes to make the call while Steve lays Susan on the couch. Steve reveals that he found Susan like this in the Crypt. Anna questions what he was doing out there. Steve explains that he was looking for John as he was locked inside with Susan. Steve tells them that John is still chained up so they need to go get him out now. Anna and Tony then rush out to the Crypt. Steve calls EJ over to help slow down Susan’s bleeding. EJ urges Susan to hold on as help is coming and she will be fine.

Ben tells Ciara that Thanksgiving 4 years ago was one of the happiest days of his life until a year later, he was on trial for his sister’s murder, and the year after that, he was in prison. Ciara assures that she never lost hope that he would come home. Ben acknowledges that he wouldn’t be here if she didn’t fight so hard for him as she saved his life. Ciara feels she got lucky as she spent a lot of time trying to prove something that was wrong. Ben points out that she ultimately proved the truth, never stopped believing, and never gave up on him. Ciara notes that Ben never gave up on her either, but Ben says he did.

Tony rushes in to the Crypt to find John chained up. Tony says they need something to break the chains. Anna then enters with an axe.

Devil Marlena declares this is unacceptable and they all know this. Julie questions handcuffs holding Satan. Shawn says he doesn’t have very many options but this seems to be working. Marlena argues that she’s not who they think. Kayla gets a text from Steve, saying he found John. Belle asks if he’s okay. Kayla responds that Steve didn’t say and only said to meet him at the hospital. Belle decides she’s going with her. Shawn assures he has everything under control here. Marlena says to give John her love and that she’ll see him soon. Kayla and Belle then exit. Shawn goes to escort Marlena out. Marlena stops and asks what Shawn is going to tell his boss about why he hauled her in. Shawn says if it turns out that John is injured and she had something to do with it, then he guesses they will start there. Marlena asks what about when she’s innocent. Shawn says he’ll happily apologize then, but at the station. Julie begs Shawn to just get her out of their house. Marlena asks if he really thinks he can make her go somewhere that she doesn’t want to go. Devil Marlena then suddenly breaks free of the handcuffs.

Ben tells Ciara that he did give up on her because when he was first told that she was dead, he believed it and lost Hope. Ben recalls feeling like he had nothing to be thankful for and went to the woods trying to feel closer to her. Ciara talks about hearing him every day they were apart. Ciara recalls telling Rhodes that she was thankful to be alive because that meant maybe one day Ben would find her and they’d be together again as they kiss. Ben states that God blessed them with another chance and a life together. Ben promises to never give up on her again or on their baby.

Anna and Tony bring John in to the DiMera Mansion. John complains of his shoulder pain. Anna brings him water. Tony questions who chained John up in the Crypt. Anna asks if Susan did that to him. Tony asks why Susan would do that. John reveals that it wasn’t Susan, it was Marlena. Anna questions why Marlena would do that. John then informs them that Marlena is possessed again and the Devil wanted Susan to kill him. John explains that the Devil threatened Susan that he would kill EJ if she didn’t go through with it because he knew Susan would do anything to save her son. Anna questions how Susan got hurt. John reveals that instead of stabbing him, Susan stabbed herself.

EJ sits with Susan in the hospital. Steve enters and asks how she’s doing. EJ says they say she’s stable but he hasn’t gotten a lot of information. Steve says that he just talked to Tripp, who said Susan is very lucky that the knife didn’t damage any major organs. EJ asks if they think she will make a full recovery. Steve confirms it looks that way. EJ is relieved and thanks Steve for what he did for his mother. Steve is just glad she’s okay. Susan wakes up and calls out to EJ. EJ assures her that he’s there. Susan informs EJ that Marlena said she was going to kill him, but she’s not Marlena. Steve asks what she means. Susan responds that Marlena is the Devil. EJ thinks she’s confused as they aren’t talking about Johnny’s horror movie because that’s not real. Steve responds that he wouldn’t be so sure.

The Devil causes the lights to flash in the Horton home. The Devil guesses it’s not the Thanksgiving they had in mind. Shawn warns Devil Marlena to stay back. The Devil says none of this had to happen if they just left Doug where he was, but now he’s forced to inflict more pain and suffering on their entire family. Julie yells at him to leave them alone. The Devil grabs Shawn. Doug says to leave Shawn out of it. Shawn responds that he’s not afraid of him. The Devil says he’s even dumber than he thought then. The Devil then launches Shawn across the dinner table, crashing through all of the glasses and dishes. Julie calls out to Shawn. The Devil says to leave him as he has bigger plans for Julie and Doug. Julie says “not today, Satan” as Devil Marlena turns and glares at her.

Steve gets a text from Kayla that she is on her way. Steve tells Susan to hang in there as he’s pulling for her. Susan and EJ thank Steve as he exits the room. EJ asks Susan how this happened and if Marlena stabbed her. Susan explains that the Devil wanted her to kill John and said she had to do it or else, he would kill EJ. Susan cries that she couldn’t kill John in cold blood because he’s a good man and he’s the love of Marlena’s life. Susan says she was so frightened for EJ but the Devil insisted that there be a dead body when he came back, so she thought maybe if he needed a human sacrifice, he would accept her. EJ questions Susan being willing to die for him. Susan says EJ is her baby boy and she’d do anything for him because mom always protects her child. Susan adds that she would gladly do it all over again because she loves him. EJ says he loves her too.

Ben tells Ciara that after all these years, they finally have their first real Thanksgiving together. Ciara jokes about Ben not liking pumpkin pie. Ben suggests making a toast with ginger ale. Ben doesn’t know what he did to deserve it but he thanks God that he has her. Ciara feels the same and says next year, it will be the three of them with their little angel as they kiss.

Belle and Kayla arrive at the hospital. Steve comes out and hugs Kayla. Steve doesn’t know how to tell them but Kayla reveals they already know that Marlena is possessed. Belle asks where John is and if he’s okay. Steve responds that he’s alright as he found him in the DiMera Crypt. Belle questions that being where he was the whole time. Steve says it appears that way but he didn’t have time to ask questions as Susan Banks was stabbed and he had to get her help. Kayla questions how Susan got mixed up in all of this. Steve explains that Susan apparently had a vibe that the Devil was in Marlena and John obviously knew too, but it was too late. Kayla says that’s why Marlena had Doug locked up in Bayview. Belle asks if he left John in the Crypt. Steve confirms he sent Anna and Tony in to get him, but he assumed John would be here by now.

John asks Anna and Tony about Susan. Anna explains that Steve and EJ took her to the hospital. Tony wants to get John to the hospital but John refuses. Anna argues that he’s been locked up for weeks so he needs to be looked at. John says he needs to find Marlena. Anna suggests she could be at the hospital but John says she’s out there somewhere. Anna gets a call from Belle, asking if she found John. Anna confirms he is at the mansion with them. Belle asks if he’s okay. Anna says he’s stubborn but alright. Belle is thankful and says she knows where Marlena is. Belle reveals that Marlena crashed Doug and Julie’s Thanksgiving dinner so Shawn handcuffed her to take her to the police station. Anna informs John of this. John tells Anna to tell Belle to have Shawn stand down and not antagonize Marlena, but Belle had already hung up.

Julie argues that the Devil has tortured Doug enough so he’s not going to lay a finger on him. the Devil responds that he doesn’t have to as he’s been inside of Doug and knows that he’s weak and feeble which made him a perfect vessel. The Devil asks Julie if she understands what happened in the therapy session. The Devil says Doug came to Marlena for help with his dementia but he had the perfect opportunity to slip in. Julie doesn’t believe it. The Devil asks Julie who she thinks hit her in the head with a hospital tray. The Devil declares that he should’ve finished them both when he had the chance but it’s better late than never as Devil Marlena raises a knife. Julie talks about loving Doug for so many years and says she will continue for all the Days of their Lives. Julie declares that she would rather die than see the Devil strike Doug down again. The Devil says that can be arranged. Julie acknowledges the Devil’s powers but calls him nothing but a lying trickster. Julie declares that she has a power that the Devil had forsaken eons ago and that’s the power of love. Julie tells Satan that God is love and God stands with those who love. The Devil tells her to stop talking. Julie continues talking about love as she raises her rosary, saying that everlasting love will prevail. Julie shouts that the God of love is stronger than the Devil’s hatred and lies, so he cannot defeat them. Julie says now that the truth is out and visible, the walls are going to close in and it’s over. The Devil exclaims that it will never be over.

Susan tells EJ about the Devil transforming her in to a cat and then possessing her to turn her in to Kristen DiMera. Susan cries that she can’t do this anymore. EJ is sorry she had to go through all of that but assures it’s over now and she’s safe. Susan points out that she didn’t die and didn’t kill John, so the Devil could still come after EJ. EJ doesn’t want her to worry. Susan promises that the Devil will have to go through with her to get to EJ. Susan tells EJ that she loves him with all her heart. EJ says he loves her too.

Steve tells Kayla that they’ve heard the stories about the last time this happened but it’s a whole lot different being here to witness it. Kayla asks what they do next. Steve doesn’t know but for now he’s just grateful they are all safe as he hugs her.

Anna and Tony go to the hospital and tell Belle that they tried to bring John to the hospital to get checked out but he gave them the slip in the parking lot as he was determined to get to Marlena.

John goes to the Horton House and finds Doug, Julie, and Shawn together. Julie assures they are okay. Shawn says he’ll be alright but Marlena is gone. John knew she wouldn’t let them take her to the police station and asks where she went. Shawn responds that she said something about fulfilling her true purpose.

Ben and Ciara talk about taking a nap together as they kiss in bed until there’s a knock at the door. Ben answers the door to see Marlena.

Back to the Main Days of Our Lives Page

Back to the Days of Our Lives Main Page

Days of Our Lives cast animated GIF

Days Update Wednesday, November 24, 2021

Days of Our Lives Update

Days of Our Lives logo

Update written by Joseph

Chanel goes to Paulina’s. Paulina comes out and says “Look what the cat dragged in”. Chanel explains to Paulina that she had a dream where Paulina said exactly that and then went on to rip in to her about how she ruined her life and said she wasn’t her daughter anymore. Chanel tells Paulina to go ahead and let her have it. Paulina responds that she has one thing to say and that is that she’s sorry.

Johnny questions what Steve means by asking if he noticed anything strange about Marlena. Steve says there’s been inconsistent behavior, secrecy, and she seems really focused on keeping Julie away from Doug.

Julie and Shawn excitedly bring Doug back home in a wheelchair. Kayla questions what Doug is doing there while Belle adds that she thought they were just going to visit. Julie says she thought wrong. Belle asks how it happened. Julie says it’s all thanks to Belle since her court order allowed her to make medical decisions for her husband, so she made one and brought him home for Thanksgiving where he belongs whether Marlena likes it or not.

John remains chained up in the DiMera Crypt. Susan encourages him to hang in there because she had a vision that someone was going to save them by the end of the day. Devil Marlena then enters and announces that it’s Thanksgiving. The Devil calls it the day he gets to see the blood of innocence spilt.

Chanel questions Paulina being sorry. Paulina hopes she can forgive her. Chanel expected Paulina to demand an apology for her after she busted up her wedding and told everyone that Lani is daughter. Paulina admits she would’ve preferred it to go down a different way, but Chanel told the truth which is a hell of a lot more than she did. Paulina says she’s only mad at herself and she’s ashamed of calling Chanel a liar in the church as she was so desperate to keep Lani and Abe from finding out. Paulina adds that it’s good that Olivia had Chanel’s back. Chanel worries that everything is a mess now. Paulina calls it her own mess and says it’s time that she owns it. Chanel jokes that she wishes she could freeze this moment because she doesn’t remember Paulina ever admitting that she was wrong before. Paulina says it’s Thanksgiving and they usually do turkey or ham, but this year she’s eating crow.

Julie knows how much Doug missed being home and offers him sparkling water. Belle questions Shawn as to how this happened. Shawn explains that he couldn’t stop her after she saw Doug like that and she insisted on bringing him home. Shawn admits he would’ve done the same thing given his condition. Belle asks what Kayla thinks but she doesn’t know yet. Kayla asks Julie if they told her at the hospital what medication they were giving Doug. Julie shows Kayla what they gave her. Kayla notes that it’s a very strong tranquilizer and the dose is very high on the label. Julie worries that Marlena prescribed those so she has drugged Doug in to insensibility.

Johnny tells Steve that he’s sure Marlena is doing whatever she thinks is best for Doug and asks if he’s missing something. Steve says he can’t put his finger on it but Marlena is not herself. Johnny asks who she is then. Steve asks if he’s sure he hasn’t noticed anything odd or strange behavior that he couldn’t explain. Johnny says not really but then admits it was kind of weird when he saw her at the Crypt. Steve asks what crypt.

Susan tells the Devil that if he wants to kill John, he’ll have to do it over her dead body. The Devil responds that it’s tempting but he has a higher purpose for her. The Devil declares that he is not going to kill John, because Susan is going to.

Johnny tells Steve about how he saw Marlena coming out of the DiMera Crypt dressed like the Devil on Halloween and that she said she was wearing the costume in support of his film. Steve questions what Marlena was doing at the Crypt. Johnny responds that she said she wanted to pay respects to Stefano. Steve can’t believe it and asks why she would do that. Johnny explains that Marlena said Stefano was the first one to realize she was possessed and that he risked his life to save her. Steve asks if Johnny went inside the Crypt. Johnny says he wanted to so he could scout for his movie but Marlena stopped him and wouldn’t let him in.

Susan tells the Devil that she would never ever hurt John and that there is nothing that would ever make her break one of the commandments. The Devil then warns Susan that if she doesn’t take the dagger and kill John Black, then he will kill her son EJ in front of everyone at Thanksgiving dinner.

Julie tells Kayla that Doug is not taking any more of Marlena’s pills and he’s not going to back to Bayview as he’s staying here for good.

Paulina brings up Chanel accusing her of loving Lani more than her which she says is not true. Chanel argues that her actions speak otherwise since she asked Lani to be her matron of honor. Paulina says she never meant for that to happen as she was going to tell Lani the truth but then they got the news that Abe got shot and she saw how much she loved Abe at the hospital, she didn’t have the heart to tell Lani that Abe was not really her father so the next day when she pressed her the next day about what she was going to tell her, she just blurted out the first thing that came to her head. Paulina thinks that she’d be a better liar after all her practice. Chanel complains about how Paulina has always talked up Lani with high praise, like she wishes she was more like Lani. Paulina acknowledges it’s true that she idealized Lani, but guesses that’s because she never got to be her mother like she did for Chanel. Paulina talks about the moments they shared like when she wanted ice cream after getting her tonsils out when she was six. Chanel recalls that being when she learned to bake. Chanel says she fell asleep in Paulina’s arms that night and she didn’t move her the whole night. Paulina points out that she and Lani never had that. Chanel adds that they never had the problems either. Chanel brings up hiding from a bees nest when she was 9. Paulina says that Chanel was the most precious thing in the world to her. Paulina declares that Lani may have been her first born daughter, but Chanel will always be her baby as they hug. Chanel knows how excited Paulina was for her life with Abe. Paulina tells her that what happened at the wedding was not her fault as Olivia believes Marlena broke her confidence and told her the truth. Chanel confirms that Marlena told her but because she wanted her to feel better about Paulina choosing Lani as her matron of honor. Paulina asks if Marlena encouraged her to tell her secret at the wedding. Chanel says no and that Marlena told her to hold her peace but at the wedding, she kept looking at Marlena and it was like this feeling came over her like Marlena wanted her to tell and she couldn’t resist…

Susan pleads with the Devil not to touch her son as he’s not perfect but he does have a pure heart. Susan asks why the Devil is doing this to them. The Devil responds that John would not give in to the temptation of Kristen and couldn’t let go of his own sense of decency. Susan calls John a decent man. The Devil says this is where that got him. Susan argues that it kept The Devil from fully possessing Marlena. The Devil responds that she is still fighting him but he knows how to get inside her heart and break it. The Devil declares that all he has to do is stop John’s heart from beating.

Shawn and Belle set the table for Thanksgiving. Belle wonders if Doug will come out of this. Shawn doesn’t know but he thinks he saw something in Doug’s eyes that his grandfather is still in there. Shawn adds that he also saw fear so they wonder what or who Doug is afraid of.

The Devil tells Susan that it’s time and urges her to drive the dagger in to John’s heart then watch the life flow out of him. The Devil warns that when he comes back, there better be a body to bury or else her son will be joining his father. Devil Marlena then exits the Crypt.

Paulina doesn’t want to waste any more time talking about Marlena as it’s Thanksgiving. Paulina suggests they whip up a Thanksgiving feast but Chanel reveals she can’t stay because Johnny offered to fly her to Italy. Paulina asks if she can’t put it off and have Johnny join them for Thanksgiving. Chanel says she still needs time to process everything and hopes she can understand. Paulina asks if she will be home for Christmas as they have never been apart for Christmas. Chanel says she’ll do her best but she has to go pack a bag. Paulina stops her to say she loves her. Chanel says she knows as she heads to her room.

Doug remains silent as he stares on. Julie sits with him to try to get through to him. Julie sings to Doug as Kayla watches on. Julie reminds Doug that they sang the song together and pleads for him to come back to her.

Shawn asks what Belle thinks Doug would be scared of. Belle says it sounds crazy to even say it, but John said that Doug told him that it was Marlena who tried to kill him and Julie. Belle thought Doug was confused or it was dementia. Shawn asks if she seriously thinks Marlena tried to kill Doug and Julie.

Steve questions Marlena not wanting Johnny to go in to the Crypt. Johnny says she claimed there was a big rat inside. Steve asks if she said anything about John. Johnny says no and asks why. Steve says he’s just trying to track him down. Johnny asks if John is missing. Steve says he’s probably on a case but he’s just filling in blanks. Steve apologizes for all the questions and says he’ll let him go. Johnny asks if he’s sure everything is okay. Steve claims everything is fine and wishes him a Happy Thanksgiving. Johnny questions Steve not going in to the Pub. Steve says not yet as there is something he has to check out first.

Susan asks God how she can kill an innocent man and cries about how it’s not easy. John knows Susan is afraid for her son but he also knows the Devil is going nowhere near EJ.

Devil Marlena goes home but Paulina confronts her at the door and says she has a bone to pick with her. Marlena calls it a pleasant surprise but Paulina says there’s nothing pleasant about it. Marlena guesses she’s upset because Abe left her at the altar. Paulina blames Marlena for telling her secret to Chanel and asks who she thinks she is by messing with her life and family. Marlena explains that Chanel felt rejected by Paulina and that she didn’t value her, so she wanted Chanel to know why Paulina chose Lani as her matron of honor. Paulina complains that she told Marlena her secret in confidence. Marlena claims that she didn’t mean to hurt anybody and asks why she would.

Susan asks John how he knows that the Devil is going after EJ. John tells her that he’s dealt with the Devil before and his whole goal is to poison good, kind souls like Susan’s. John adds that he just wants Susan to be forever branded as a murderer. Susan argues that EJ is her only son and the thought of leaving him to the Devil is too much. Susan tells John that she’s sorry and asks God to forgive her as she raises the dagger.

Paulina says that Marlena is all smiles and sunshine now, but she’s going to file a complaint to the medical board so that Marlena loses her license and her job. Paulina asks if that will cut through Marlena’s “devil may care” attitude which Marlena laughs at. Paulina asks if she thinks this is funny. Marlena responds that she thinks it’s sad and that Paulina is projecting. Paulina asks what the hell she’s talking about. Marlena thinks Paulina just wants to destroy her career like Chanel destroyed her marriage. Marlena adds that Abe and Lani are never coming back to her. Marlena declares that she’s not the liar and hypocrite, Paulina is. Marlena reiterates that Paulina will never have her family or Abe back. Marlena tries to head inside but Paulina stops her and says she’s not finished with her as she calls her a cold hearted bitch. Devil Marlena turns around with her yellow eyes as the Devil asks Paulina who she is calling a bitch.

Johnny goes to Paulina’s and tells Chanel that he got nervous when he didn’t hear from her. Chanel asks if everything is good. Johnny confirms that Allie agreed to watch the bakery while Chanel is gone. Johnny asks if she told Paulina. Chanel confirms that she did and it wasn’t as awful as she dreamed because she expected the worst. Chanel remarks that when Paulina is upset, she can unleash holy hell…

The Devil warns Paulina to let go. Paulina asks who or what Devil Marlena is. The Devil yells at her to get out of here so Paulina runs away. Marlena then gets a call from Belle, who says she needs to talk to her. Belle informs her that she petitioned the court to restore Julie’s right to make decisions for Doug. Marlena argues that nobody notified her, so she will contact the court as Doug’s doctor. Belle reveals that the judge ruled in Julie’s favor, so Marlena is no longer in charge of Doug’s care. Marlena argues that Julie being alone with Doug in Bayview could be very dangerous for her. Belle then reveals that Julie and Doug are at home which shocks Marlena.

Julie asks Kayla if there’s a chance that Doug’s condition is permanent. Kayla says it’s hard to get a clear picture of his status, so they will have to wait until the medication wears off which may take 24 hours. Kayla adds that at least Doug is home for the holidays. Julie encourages Doug that it’s going to be alright as it’s Thanksgiving and they have so much to be grateful for.

Steve goes to the DiMera Crypt and tries to enter but it’s locked.

Kayla calls Steve and leaves a message, informing him that Doug is home and it’s a long story but she’s going to stay there for Thanksgiving so she will text Roman and Kate that they won’t make it to the Pub. Kayla hopes Steve will be able to join her there as soon as he can. Kayla knows he’s out looking for answers about Marlena, so she hopes he finds them.

Steve grabs a nearby shovel and begins beating on the door. Susan worries that it’s the Devil returning.

Johnny tells Chanel that he’s glad Paulina took responsibility. Chanel admits she wasn’t expecting that as she’s never seen Paulina so guilty and heartbroken. Johnny tells her that the DiMera Jet is ready to go but asks if after making peace with her mom, she doesn’t want to stick around for Thanksgiving with her family. Chanel asks if he’s trying to get out of showing her Italy. Johnny says it’s just her mom but Chanel insists that she wants to see Italy, so they exit together.

Paulina walks through the town square and calls the police and says she doesn’t know what the hell she just saw.

Shawn and Belle sit at the table with Doug and Julie for Thanksgiving. Shawn asks Belle what Marlena said. Belle informs him that Marlena hung up on her as she wasn’t thrilled with Doug’s release. Kayla comes in and says she left a message for Steve, so hopefully he will join them. Julie speaks about Thanksgiving being a celebration of gratitude, but this year it’s not what anyone wanted or expected. Julie says it’s still a time to pause and consider how much they have to be thankful for. Julie talks about being blessed and grateful to have Shawn, Belle, and Kayla. Julie declares that most of all, she is thankful for Doug. Julie knows the last few months have been very dark, but now that Doug is home, the darkness is fading away. Julie says Doug’s spirit lifts them all in to the light. Julie calls Doug the center of her universe and says she’ll move heaven and earth to get him well. Everyone toasts to a Happy Thanksgiving. Devil Marlena then walks in and says Happy Thanksgiving, shocking Julie.

Steve breaks in to the DiMera Crypt and finds Susan holding the dagger with blood all over her.

Julie questions what Marlena is doing here. Marlena says she came to wish them all a Happy Thanksgiving and to take Doug back to Bayview. Julie refuses. Marlena thinks it’s for the best. Julie doesn’t care what she thinks and complains that Marlena put Doug in a padded room and gave him such powerful drugs that he doesn’t even know who she is anymore. Marlena says it was for his own good. Julie tells Marlena that she’s not Doug’s doctor anymore which Belle backs up. Julie adds that Marlena is no longer welcome in this house. Marlena argues that Doug is still a danger to himself and others which Kayla knows. Kayla is not sure she agrees. Marlena argues that it’s clear that Julie’s emotions took over her judgment. Julie threatens to show Marlena what a danger to others realyl looks like. Marlena warns that would be a mistake. Doug then suddenly stands up and points at Marlena. Marlena argues that Doug is confused and lost but she can help him. Julie, Shawn, and Belle ask what Doug is trying to say. Doug then declares that Marlena is the Devil!

Back to the Main Days of Our Lives Page

Back to the Days of Our Lives Main Page

Days of Our Lives cast animated GIF

Days Update Tuesday, November 23, 2021

Days of Our Lives Update

Days of Our Lives logo

Update written by Joseph

Steve comes home to Kayla baking a pie. Kayla complains that she left it in too long but she’s glad Steve is home as she kisses him. Kayla hopes to hear that Steve found John, but Steve reveals he did not and doesn’t think he was meant to as he’s pretty sure someone sent him on a wild goose chase. Kayla wonders who would do that as Devil Marlena then shows up at the door, declaring that Thanksgiving is her favorite holiday of all.

Shawn and Belle enter the Horton house where Julie is looking through a photo album, talking about how much Doug enjoyed Thanksgiving and now it’s Thanksgiving and Doug is all alone. Belle says she’s so sorry. Julie says she’s hardly to blame since she took her case against her own mother, so she put her in a horrible position. Belle just wants to settle this. Julie asks if there’s any news then guesses by her look that there is and that it’s not good.

Allie runs in to Tripp and Henry in the town square. Allie thought she was seeing them back at the apartment. Tripp responds that Henry couldn’t wait to show her the Happy Thanksgiving Mommy drawing that he made for her.

Chanel has a nightmare about Paulina being so mad at her that she said she’s no longer her daughter and then Paulina having a heart attack. Chanel wakes up in a panic in bed with Johnny. Johnny asks about her nightmare. Chanel responds that the dream was so real and in the dream, she killed Paulina.

Paulina sits alone at home with her locket and says she sure made a hot mess of it this time. Olivia walks in and says she got that right.

Belle informs Julie that it’s not bad news but just frustrating. Belle explains that she put in a motion to rescind Marlena’s medical power of attorney and if the judge rules in their favor, then Julie will be able to make all the decisions for Doug’s care and she’ll be able to see him without Marlena having anything to say about it. Julie asks when that will happen. Belle reveals that she didn’t hear back from the judge yesterday and today begins a long holiday weekend. Julie laments that she will not get to see Doug anytime soon.

Kayla mentions that unfortunately their kids, Joey and Stephanie, can’t come home for Thanksgiving. Devil Marlena says that’s a shame since Thanksgiving really is all about family. Kayla explains that they will be with family as they are going to be with Roman and Kate to the Brady Pub for Thanksgiving Dinner and then they will video chat with the kids after. Marlena guesses that’s something and says maybe she will stop by after all of her holiday calls. Steve asks if that’s why she’s here. Devil Marlena claims that she came to apologize for not being herself lately.

Allie jokes that Henry did not get his art ability from her and starts to say he must have gotten it from his dad but Allie says to forget that as it’s Thanksgiving and she doesn’t want to talk about ‘him’. Tripp encourages her to say whatever she wants. Allie doesn’t want to talk about Charlie. Tripp points out that she did and it’s a good thing. Tripp tells her not to pretend the past didn’t happen but to hold onto the fact that Charlie is dead and buried, so he can never hurt her again. Allie brings up Halloween and says they can’t be sure of that. Tripp reveals that actually they can because Rafe was worried, so he ordered Charlie’s grave to be exhumed and he’s still there, undisturbed. Allie wonders who or what they saw that night then.

Devil Marlena knows Steve and Kayla have been leaving lots of messages and she hasn’t gotten back to them. Kayla says they were worried about her. Marlena says they must have felt like she was ghosting them. Steve knows she is busy. Marlena brings up Abe’s wedding and then realizes Kayla and Steve haven’t heard so Steve asks what happened. Devil Marlena explains that Chanel stood up in front of everybody and announced that Paulina is Lani’s mother and that Abe is not Lani’s father. Kayla and Steve are shocked as Marlena talks about how it was just devastating for Abe and Lani. Kayla asks if Tamara was in on the deception which Marlena confirms and adds that she’s sure it made Abe feel foolish and like a chump. Steve remarks that it’s not hard to figure out how Abe is feeling. Marlena says it’s one thing to hear about it compared to being there, but she hasn’t seen Abe that upset since he lost Lexie. Steve decides to give Abe a call. Marlena remarks that he’s such a good friend and says she should get going. Kayla adds that she was going to call Marlena about Doug as she thought maybe Marlena could let Doug and Julie see each other for Thanksgiving. Devil Marlena doesn’t think it’s a good idea but Kayla strongly disagrees and asks what the harm is in a supervised visit. Kayla thought she would change her mind because they are like family. Devil Marlena claims that she couldn’t bare it if Doug attacked Julie again on her watch so she can’t help her. Steve responds that maybe she can help him find John then.

Chanel tells Johnny about how Paulina had a heart attack and died in her nightmare. Johnny talks about how they both have larger than life moms but if they do one thing to cross them, they feel like they killed them and it all pops up in their dreams. Chanel talks about how she did a very crappy thing. Johnny thinks Chanel felt her back was against the wall with all of Paulina’s lies, so she snapped. Chanel says it’s weird how much he gets it. Johnny comments that Sami left town and couldn’t be bothered to tell anyone where she is, so he somehow thinks it’s his fault. Chanel comments that it’d be a lot easier if they didn’t love them. Johnny believes they have to lead their own lives and not feel guilty about it. Chanel wishes it was just them and they can stay here forever so she wouldn’t have to face Paulina, Abe, and Lani. Johnny doesn’t know about forever but says they could have a hell of a nice day. Johnny reminds her that he has a full staff on call so he could have Harold bring them breakfast, lunch, and dinner in bed if she wants. Chanel says that sounds like heaven. Johnny then tells her that he was in Heaven last night and he’d love to go back as they kiss.

Olivia asks if Paulina has heard from Chanel, Abe, or Lani. Paulina says no. Olivia wants to sort out her mess. Paulina blames Chanel. Olivia warns her to watch her tone. Paulina complains about how Olivia felt about her coming to Salem and says this is her big ‘I told you so’ moment. Olivia assures that she’s not enjoying this. Paulina cries that she just wanted to see Lani again and felt she had to be there for her daughter having a baby. Olivia asks how that worked out for her. Paulina doesn’t want to hear it. Olivia declares that’s too bad because she’s the only one left who can talk sense in to her and this time, she’s going to listen. Paulina decides it’s best to just sit down and get it over with. Olivia questions why she couldn’t just leave well enough alone. Paulina complains about watching her daughter grow up alone. Olivia reminds her that they all agreed. Paulina argues that she didn’t agree, but she caved because she was pregnant and scared while they helped her clean up her big mess and now she’s making another mess. Paulina says she just followed her heart. Olivia tells her that it’s time to start using her head instead.

Tripp and Allie go over their Thanksgiving plans as Ava and Rafe want them at their place for dinner, while Roman and Lucas want them at the Brady Pub where Steve and Kayla will also be but they also want to do something at their place. Tripp says they have all of their options and wonders how to make a decision. Allie has an idea and says she’ll be right back.

Devil Marlena tells Steve that all John told her is that he was going on a mission for Black Patch. Steve says that’s not true as John has not checked in with him and is not following any of their usual protocols. Marlena suggests he’s on a mission for the ISA and just used Black Patch as a coverup. Steve clarifies that he checked in with Shane, who said John is not doing any work for them and he’s gone completely off the grid. Marlena remarks that it wouldn’t be the first time. Kayla questions it not bothering her for John to be gone on Thanksgiving and not letting her know that he’s okay. Steve asks if she’s sure she has no idea where he could be.

Shawn hugs Julie and encourages her about Doug. Julie complains that they’ve been through everything together but they are not together now. Julie worries that Doug hasn’t been told that she’s not allowed to see him and he might think she doesn’t care. Shawn reassures her as Belle finishes her call and announces that they won’t have to worry because somehow they got a compassionate judge, who said the case was heartbreaking and he didn’t want to wait until Monday. Belle reveals that Julie officially has medical power of attorney, so she can see Doug today. Julie is relieved and hugs Belle as she thanks her.

Chanel tells Johnny that he was right that staying in bed all day, making love, and ordering room service was a wonderful idea. Johnny says he has a better idea and suggests they leave Salem together.

Paulina complains to Olivia about Tamara following her heart and being a singer, while she had to be the logical one. Olivia argues that this is not about her rivalry with Tamara. Paulina says that’s what it’s always been about as she grew up in her shadow and then when she finally gets something, Olivia decided Tamara would be the better mother. Olivia insists it was on protecting her and the baby. Paulina argues that she ended up losing both of her babies. Olivia says she may think Tamara was her favorite, but Paulina always had her heart. Olivia hugs her and assures that she loves her.

Julie puts together a bag for Doug and talks about feeling nervous like it’s a big date. Belle encourages that it is. Julie says Doug will always be her prince charming. Julie then realize that she still has to cook the turkey. Shawn questions her making Thanksgiving dinner. Julie says it’s Doug’s favorite so not making it would seem like she had given up hope. They decide that Shawn will take Julie to see Doug while Belle will take care of dinner. Julie calls them angels as she then exits with Shawn.

Devil Marlena claims to have no idea where John is and that it does bother and terrify her but these things happen with John. Steve questions her not wanting to try to track him down. She claims it would be disrespectful and show a lack of trust. Kayla doesn’t get it. Marlena says John is doing his job and when it’s done, he will come back to her. Steve questions her not being interested in finding him. She claims that if she could do anything, she would, but in times like this they just have to trust in a higher power. She wishes them a happy Thanksgiving as she then exits the house. Kayla asks Steve bought any of that. Steve says not a word. Kayla decides she’s going to see Julie to tell her that she could make no head way with Marlena. Steve says Marlena just isn’t making any sense these days and questions her wanting a higher power to find John or thinking Doug should be alone on Thanksgiving. Kayla says she just couldn’t get Marlena to see how Julie feels. Kayla tells Steve that she will see him at the Pub. Steve decides he will head to the Pub early to see if Roman has been talking to Marlena. Kayla says keeping Doug isolated is cruel and unusual punishment. Kayla then exits.

Allie returns to Tripp with bags from the bakery and says they will bring dessert to everybody so they have an excuse to stop by each place. Tripp asks about Johnny. Allie is sure he’s at the DiMera Mansion with Chanel, so they can eat cake. Allie and Tripp then walk off with Henry.

Chanel tells Johnny that she can’t just leave Salem and brings up the bakery. Johnny says that Allie can handle it while they are gone. Chanel says he can’t speak for her and she can’t just expect Allie to do the work for her while she goes to Italy with him. Johnny tells her to just leave Allie to him. Johnny talks about all they can do in Italy and he can show her where he grew up. Chanel knows he never gives up. Johnny asks what she says to just running away.

Olivia informs Paulina that Lani invited her over for Thanksgiving and that Eli is coming to pick her up, so she’ll wait outside. Paulina questions being ostracized while Olivia gets a spot at the table. Paulina argues that Olivia lied too, came up with it, and kept it going all these years. Paulina remarks that maybe Tamara can fly in too. Olivia says she was just as surprised that Lani invited her, but she did. Olivia suggests Paulina reach out to Chanel as she’s sure she is hurt too and she’s still her baby. Paulina says that last night she was thinking about it over and over. Paulina questions how Chanel could possibly have known. Olivia tells her that it was Marlena. Paulina argues that Marlena is a doctor and would have to break confidence and she’s also Tamara’s friend. Olivia responds that something in Marlena’s spirit didn’t sit right with her. Paulina wants something more concrete. Olivia brings up the smug look on Marlena’s face when Chanel stood up, like she knew already that Paulina was Lani’s mother. Paulina thinks back to revealing the truth to Marlena. Paulina then admits to Olivia that she told Marlena. Olivia questions why she would do that. Paulina talks about Marlena being bound by doctor-patient confidentiality. Olivia thinks she broke that and put all her business on the street. Olivia insists that Marlena is no damn good as she then exits.

Chanel asks about Johnny’s movie if they take off to Italy. Johnny says that he’ll work on the script in Italy and they’ll only be gone for a couple of weeks. Chanel questions EJ just handing over the DiMera Jet to him. Johnny jokes that he might as well capitalize on EJ not being a jerk right now. Johnny says that Allie is at the Pub, so he will go let her know that she has to handle the Bakery while Chanel just has to go home and pack her bags. Chanel brings up that packing her bags is how her nightmare began. Johnny says they can get her stuff in Milan then. Chanel reminds him that she still has to get her passport. Johnny offers to go with her, but Chanel says she will just try and sneak in and out without seeing Paulina. Chanel can’t believe they are doing this and that he’s doing this for her. Chanel thanks him as they kiss.

Tripp and Allie go to the Brady Pub. Allie reminds him that they have 3 or 4 dinners to get to. Allie jokes that the Brady family measures a man’s worth based off how much he eats at Thanksgiving. They then head in to the Pub.

Kayla goes to the Horton House looking for Julie but Belle informs her that Shawn just took her to Bayview to see Doug. Kayla informs Belle that she just got off the phone with Marlena, who was adamant that Doug have no visitors so they will turn her away. Belle reveals that it’s not Marlena’s call anymore as she got a court order, giving Julie her medical power of attorney. Kayla wonders how Marlena will react to that. Belle admits that she’s not looking forward to finding out, but she had to something because Julie was miserable. Belle adds that now it’s really hitting her that she got a court order overturning one of her mom’s medical decisions like she was questioning her confidence. Belle wonders if Marlena was right and she’s wrong. Kayla says she’s had questions about the decision herself. Belle guesses that something is wrong since Marlena is the most compassionate person she knows. Kayla comments that Marlena is not the doctor or person that she has loved and admired for so long. Belle worries about what is happening to her.

Devil Marlena returns to the Crypt. The Devil talks about how all of John’s friends are looking for him which means he has to find a way to make sure John and Susan disappear, permanently.

Chanel goes to Paulina’s. Paulina comes out and says “Look what the cat dragged in”, just like in the beginning of Chanel’s nightmare.

Johnny runs in to Steve outside the Pub. They wish each other a Happy Thanksgiving. Steve asks if he can talk to him for a minute. Steve says they were just talking to Marlena and asks if he’s noticed anything strange about her lately. Johnny asks strange in what way?

The Devil declares it’s time to kill two birds with one stone or maybe a dagger.

Belle tells Kayla that she’s relieved that she thinks she did the right thing but it also scares her that Kayla is worried about Marlena too. Kayla talks about how she tells herself that Marlena is too close to the situation and loves Julie and Doug so much. Belle points out that it’s not just this one decision as it just doesn’t seem like that. Belle feels Marlena is doing all these things deliberately. Kayla suggests they just focus on Thanksgiving and being grateful that Doug and Julie are back together again. Belle would love to be able to see them together again. Julie then returns and tells her to turn around then. Shawn then wheels in Doug in a wheelchair and announces that Doug is home as Julie, Kayla, and Belle are overjoyed to see him.

Back to the Main Days of Our Lives Page

Back to the Days of Our Lives Main Page

Days of Our Lives cast animated GIF

Days Update Monday, November 22, 2021

Days of Our Lives Update

Days of Our Lives logo

Update written by Joseph

Jake helps Gabi zip up her dress and asks where they are going. Gabi thought they could have a nice dinner. Jake reminds her that they are both unemployed. Gabi says they just had a big win so they need to celebrate that Victor fired Philip. Jake thought they were going to talk business. Gabi assures they will but feels they’ve earned the right to gloat. Gabi mocks Philip getting fired. Gabi has Jake help her put on a necklace which was Sami’s. Jake jokes that he’d rather be helping her out of her clothes than in to them, so Gabi drops Jake’s towel and they kiss.

Rafe comes home to Ava cooking. Rafe says she didn’t have to cook, but Ava says she wanted to. Ava talks about how they talked about a fresh start and taking things slow. Ava thought if they could slowly get back to a routine, they could slowly get back to being them again. Ava adds that she thought cooking might help the kitchen not look like a crime scene anymore. Rafe is sorry she had to go through that and that he wasn’t there. Ava says it’s okay as he was working and doing his job. Rafe thinks back to having sex with Nicole that night. Ava adds that Rafe was serving and protecting the citizens of Salem.

Nicole goes to the DiMera Mansion which EJ calls a nice surprise. Nicole asks for a martini so EJ asks what is bothering her. Nicole doesn’t know why she let this upset her as she knew it was coming as she shows EJ that she got divorce papers from Eric. EJ reveals that he got his divorce papers from Sami on the same day, but he can’t serve them because Sami is still nowhere to be found.

Marlena’s call is from an unknown number but she answers it. It turns out to be her daughter Sami, who says thank God she picked up and that she has to help her.

Devil Kristen talks about Kristen and John being together in the past. John tells her to call off this seduction while she still has a shred of dignity. Devil Kristen responds that she can’t do that because this party is just getting started.

Ava and Rafe joke around as she cooks and they get close until Gabi and Jake walk in. Gabi gets upset and asks Rafe why he hasn’t kicked this bitch to the curb.

Nicole questions EJ still not knowing where Sami is. EJ asks why everyone acts like he’s lying. Nicole points out that he kind of lies all the time which EJ laughs at. Nicole says it just seems like if EJ could find Kristen, he should be able to find Sami Brady. EJ responds that the difference is that he wanted to find Kristen, while he doesn’t care if he ever hears from Sami again. Nicole tells him that he’s going to have to find her in order to serve those papers, unless he doesn’t want to get a divorce. EJ assures he does not want to be trapped in that marriage any longer as it’s like being buried alive…

Sami is excited to hear Marlena’s voice. Marlena is thankful that she called. Marlena says she has to talk to her but they don’t have much time. Marlena asks if Sami is in Salem. Sami responds that she’s in a room but she has no idea where it is as she was drugged and kidnapped back in August. Sami explains that she was attacked and chloroformed when she went to Rafe’s house to talk to Gabi about staying at the DiMera Mansion. Marlena says that doesn’t make sense since Sami has been texting her this whole time but Sami reveals it wasn’t her but whoever drugged her and she has no idea who it is.

John tells Devil Kristen that there’s nothing she can do because he loves Marlena. Devil Kristen says they don’t have to make it about love, but about sex which she’s really good at it. She insists on being John’s type. Devil Kristen that John resisting is stimulating her. She suggests trying something less angelic. John tells her to just go away.

Gabi questions what Ava is doing and argues that she can’t stay here after there was a mob hit in Rafe’s kitchen. Ava calls that self defense. Gabi asks Rafe how he thinks she feels living in the same house with the woman who tried to steal her company. Ava says she admitted that she was wrong. Gabi argues that’s only because she got caught. Gabi complains about Rafe sleeping with a murderer. Ava asks who Gabi is to talk since she has a prison record. Gabi claims she’s been rehabilitated. Ava questions the necklace Gabi is wearing and accuses her of stealing it. Gabi says that she found it. Ava asks if she didn’t try to find who it belonged to. Gabi says that she thought that might have been embarrassing for Rafe. Ava gets that Gabi is still trying to make her believe that Rafe slept with Nicole. Ava declares that is never ever going to happen because she’ll never believe a single word from Gabi. Gabi asks if Rafe is going to let Ava talk to her like this. Rafe points out that Gabi hasn’t been warm and welcoming. Rafe suggests they have a big family dinner. Gabi declines and says she and Jake are going to have dinner elsewhere. Gabi warns Rafe to hide the knives because she wouldn’t want him to be Ava’s next victim as she exits with Jake.

EJ tells Nicole that he’s flattered that she sought him out in her hour of need instead of Rafe. Nicole jokes that it’s just because he makes a better martini. Nicole adds that there’s another reason she came to him that’s fairly intimate. Nicole says if she shows her divorce papers to someone else then she’s airing her dirty laundry while EJ already has a low opinion of her. EJ assures that’s not true and he always respected her. EJ agrees to represent Nicole if she lets him take her out to dinner tonight. Nicole jokes that she gets advice and dinner. EJ says they can negotiate terms later and they exit together.

Sami tells Marlena that she has no clue who did this and that there are guards who bring her food, but they won’t tell her who they work for or why this is happening to her. Sami says she finally managed to steal one of their phones but they are going to figure it out so Marlena has to come get her. Marlena responds that she’s not the only one who is in trouble right now.

John tells Devil Kristen that this isn’t going to work. Devil Kristen continues to come on to him. John wants her to let him go and asks how else he would make love to her. She asks if that’s really what he wants or if he’s just trying to escape.

Rafe tells Ava that he’s sorry about Gabi. Ava says it’s fine as Gabi is right that she tried to steal her company so she doesn’t blame her for wanting her gone, but she does blame her for starting their war when she first moved in. Ava says she tried to rise above but fail. Ava feels she shouldn’t let Gabi get in her head as she knows what she’s doing but she still makes her feel so insecure about Rafe and Nicole. Rafe argues that they are so past that. Ava feels bad that Rafe and Nicole feel they can’t be around each other. Ava calls Nicole her only friend and says Rafe has been completely upfront with her. Ava suggests they all hang out again and offers to invite Nicole over but Rafe stops her and asks to please stop talking about Nicole.

EJ and Nicole go out to eat at the Bistro and look over her divorce papers. EJ argues that it’s a problem that Nicole is not asking for anything and insists on spousal support since Eric walked out on her while she’s taking care of his niece and her kid in Salem. Nicole notes that Xander said something like that too. EJ says Xander isn’t always wrong. EJ declares that by the time he’s done, Nicole will look like the lonely victim of an uncaring husband. Nicole argues that she’s the one who blew up the marriage. EJ says that’s what Eric wants her to think, but from now on, she will be dealing with him. Gabi and Jake arrive. Jake sees that EJ is there and suggests going somewhere else but Gabi says she’s not afraid of him. Gabi confronts EJ and Nicole to tell EJ not to get too comfortable in the mansion because she’s still having her lawyers look in to how EJ stole it from her. EJ brings up hearing Philip fired them after their attempt to overthrow him. Gabi says that Philip is paying for that while Gabi Chic is coming back stronger than ever and she will get her house back. EJ then sees the necklace Gabi is wearing and remembers giving it to Sami, so he asks where the hell she got that necklace.

Sami asks what Marlena is talking about. Marlena reveals that she is locked up too and chained to a wall in the DiMera Crypt. Sami asks if EJ did this because of her. Marlena says it wasn’t EJ so Sami asks who did it. Marlena responds that she won’t believe her when she tells her.

Devil Kristen asks John how she knows he won’t try to escape if she frees him. John says she will have to trust him. Devil Kristen calls it a big risk but notes that it will be a lot more fun if she didn’t have to do all the work, so she snaps the chains off of John. Devil Kristen starts kissing John but he shoves her off and asks her to let him go because he needs to get Marlena. Devil Kristen insists that John wants her and not Marlena.

Rafe apologizes for snapping at Ava. Rafe says they are finally alone to have a nice dinner so they don’t need to be talking about Nicole. Ava says she was just trying to be nice. Rafe gets that but says they need to focus on themselves and not let Gabi come between them. Rafe adds that Gabi only brought up Nicole to get under Ava’s skin. Ava points out that Rafe got so mad and doesn’t normally blow up like that. Rafe reminds her that there was a homicide in his kitchen and he had to put Eli on the case because his girlfriend was the main suspect. Rafe adds that Ava and Gabi have turned his house in to a warzone so he’s sorry for being a little edgy. Ava feels she turned his life upside down. Rafe jokes about having to talk about feelings and says he’d like to have a boring night. Ava goes back to cooking and talks about buying a case of tomatoes, asking if that’s boring enough for him as she laughs.

EJ asks Gabi again where she got that necklace. Jake warns EJ about how he talks to Gabi. Gabi asks EJ why it matters to him. Gabi asks if it’s Nicole’s and guesses she was right that Nicole was sleeping Rafe. Gabi adds that she found it outside and told Ava that it belonged to a woman Rafe didn’t want her to know about. Nicole says it’s not her necklace. Gabi asks why EJ is so bothered by it then. EJ then reveals that it’s Sami’s necklace and he bought it for her in Italy. Gabi explains that she found it a few months ago about the time that Sami left town.

Marlena informs Sami that she’s been possessed by the Devil again which shocks her. Sami thought she’d never have to worry about that again. Sami asks why Marlena is telling her if she’s the Devil. Marlena explains that she’s gotten a temporary reprieve as the Devil took over Susan Banks to get to John. Sami asks if Marlena is okay. Marlena responds that she’s so scared as she’s afraid they might lose John.

Devil Kristen tells John how they were so in love and she knows he remembers, causing a flashback to when they were together. John says he remembers so she suggests they relive the past. Devil Kristen tells John to make love to her as they then kiss. John ends up biting her. She calls him a son of a bitch. John asks if she really thought he’d give up on Marlena. John tries to run but Devil Kristen throws him back in to the wall, knocking him out. Devil Kristen then declares that he will pay for that.

Rafe and Ava eat dinner together. Ava tells Rafe that when she thought she was going to prison and he didn’t believe her about Carmine, it dawned on her that she could lose him and it scared her. Ava says that living with Rafe has been the happiest she’s ever been. Ava jokes that she’s had a miserable life so the bar was low but assures that she really loves their life together. Ava loves talking to Rafe about everything. They joke with each other about taste in movies. Ava says what she loves most of all is Rafe. Ava tells Rafe that she loves him. Rafe doesn’t know what to say. Ava asks if he’s overwhelmed or if he doesn’t feel the same way.

EJ tells Gabi that he wants the necklace back as it’s his property since he paid for it. Gabi responds that the mansion was her property but he took it so she’s taking this and walks off. Nicole tells EJ that she almost had a heart attack thinking Gabi knew about her and Rafe. Nicole asks if EJ is okay. EJ recalls the last time he saw Sami, he kicked her out and she said she was going to see Gabi about staying in the mansion but when she never returned, he figured she changed her mind and never went to see Gabi but if Gabi found the necklace, then Sami must have been there. Nicole doesn’t think Gabi would lie about not talking to Sami. EJ wonders what happened and how the necklace ended up on the ground.

Sami wants Marlena to loop the police in to this call, so they can come help and rescue her then trace the call to come get her. Marlena says she doesn’t seem to be able to make outgoing calls. Sami encourages her to keep trying. Devil Kristen then takes the phone from Marlena and greets Sami, saying it’s been a long time. Sami asks who this is and what they have done with her mother. Devil Kristen responds that Marlena can’t help Sami with her problems as she’s in enough trouble of her own. Devil Kristen then hangs up the phone, leaving Sami worried. Devil Kristen tells Marlena that she’s been a naughty girl. Marlena says she had been careless. Devil Kristen calls Sami the most useless person on the planet and now that she’s being held captive, she can’t do her any good. Marlena asks if she knows who kidnapped her. Devil Kristen responds that her lips are sealed. Marlena asks if John is alright. Devil Kristen claims that he is basking in the afterglow of their love. Marlena says they know she’s lying and that John never touched her other than shoving her away because she can still feel the unbreakable bond that she and John share.

Ava apologizes to Rafe for putting him on the spot and says he doesn’t have to answer the question as she did not say I love you to force a reply. Ava suggests they go back to eating and talking. Rafe gets what Ava is saying and says it’s been great having her here and he’s been so happy. Rafe says they fit. Rafe adds that if he doesn’t say what she wants, it doesn’t mean that he doesn’t care about her a lot because he does. Rafe promises Ava that he’s committed to her and only her.

Jake asks if Gabi is really going to keep the necklace when it’s Sami’s. Gabi responds that Sami isn’t here and no one knows where she is so she can’t give it to her. Gabi adds that Sami owes her for giving Kristen’s letter back to her. Jake points out that EJ ended up with the letter anyways. Gabi notes that wasn’t her fault but it was really funny to see it wipe the smirk off EJ’s face for once. Jake comments that EJ seems to have rebounded fine. Jake asks about EJ and Nicole being back together. Gabi can’t believe EJ being over Sami as he always seemed obsessed with her. Gabi says that EJ claims to despise Sami but she still thinks Sami is his Achilles heel. Gabi thinks Sami could be the key to paying EJ back.

Nicole suggests EJ that maybe Sami dropped the necklace on accident. EJ questions her never calling Gabi or Rafe to ask about it. Nicole wonders if Sami threw it away since their marriage was over. EJ points out that it was worth money so Sami would have pawned it. Nicole acknowledges that it does seem out of character. EJ says there is something strange about all of this. EJ then gets a call from an unknown number. Nicole guesses it’s a telemarketer. EJ decides to find out and answers. Sami says thank God he answered. EJ asks who this is.

Ava tells Rafe that she’s really glad they talked and got all their cards out. Rafe admits he liked it too. Ava toasts to putting mistakes behind them. Rafe toasts to a fresh start.

Jake thought they were talking about getting Gabi Chic back but now they’re talking about getting revenge again. Gabi says she’s multi tasking. Jake asks how Sami will help them pay EJ back. Gabi doesn’t know yet but says they’ll start by tracking Sami down, bringing her to Salem, and then figuring it out.

Sami asks if EJ heard her. EJ asks if anyone’s there. Sami asks if he can hear her but the phone battery dies. EJ guesses there was no one there. Nicole figures it was a telemarketer. EJ calls it strange as he could swear he heard Sami’s voice and then the phone went dead.

The Devil possesses Marlena again and transforms Susan back to herself. John assures that even under Satan’s spell, he remains true to Marlena. The Devil says he never had much hopes for that plan anyways so he’ll go to plan B. Susan asks what that is. The Devil declares that’s where Susan and John both die.

Back to the Main Days of Our Lives Page

Back to the Days of Our Lives Main Page

Days of Our Lives cast animated GIF

Y&R Update Wednesday, November 24 2021

Young & The Restless Update

Y&R logo

Recap written by Christine

Phyllis went to Crimson Lights for coffee. Sharon said that she was getting ready to host Thanksgiving dinner for the unhoused and lonely, so there would be no special orders today, but Phyllis could help herself to the coffee pot. Phyllis said that The Grand Phoenix wasn’t doing their dinner until late, and the managers were taking care of it, so she volunteered to help Sharon out. Just then, Nick came in with a box of supplies and told Sharon that he was sending over a couple vans full of seniors from New Hope who didn’t have any family to spend the holiday with. Nick and Phyllis’s eyes met, and they said Happy Thanksgiving. Nick turned back to Sharon and talked to her about what was in the box. He mentioned that Christian, Faith and Noah would be coming to help. She was delighted to hear that Christian was interested in helping. Nick was hoping it’d become a family tradition. Sharon said she wanted to find something fun for Christian to do so he didn’t get bored. Phyllis changed her mind about staying, and she claimed that something came up at work that she had to handle. On her way out, she ran into Billy. He asked if she had plans. She wondered if he was curious, and he admitted that he was only trying to be polite. She was sure he’d be spending the holiday alone fixing the mess at ChancComm. He said he put all that aside today, because it was all about Lily and the kids. Phyllis pointed out that he was alone. He explained that Lily’s plans to visit Mattie and Charlie fell through because of the weather, and when he left, they were on a video call. Phyllis could only imagine how the article affected negotiations for the kids with Ashland and Victoria. He said that it wasn’t stress free, but everyone was trying to be fair, and the kids were going to spend half the day with each parent. He said that the kids deserved as much family vibes and love as they could get on Thanksgiving. Everyone did. She looked forlorn. He wished her Happy Thanksgiving and he continued on.

Phyllis went to work and ran into Gloria, who was in between spa treatments. Gloria felt transformed, like a golden goddess. Gloria felt bad that the masseuses had to work on the holiday, but she’d tip them generously. JCV was doing phenomenally under her watch. Phyllis said she was giving all her employees extra pay today and sending them home early. Phyllis asked if Gloria was spending the say with Michael and Lauren. She wasn’t, because they were with Fen. Phyllis asked if Gloria was flying solo, and Gloria said of course not. No one wanted to be alone on Thanksgiving. Gloria was going to be with Kevin, Chloe and their angels. Gloria asked if Phyllis would be alone on Thanksgiving, and Phyllis said that she was working.

Phyllis put on a cheerful facade for a parade of guests who happily told her about their plans with their families. After all that, she trudged into her room and ate a bag of potato chips. She called Summer and left a message wishing her, Kyle and Harrison a Happy Thanksgiving. She poured wine and drank it while she called Daniel and told him she missed him and Lucy. She claimed that she was doing great when he asked. After the call ended, she got into bed and turned on the television. Phyllis drifted off to sleep, even though the light still streamed into the windows.

In Phyllis’s dream, Gloria burst into the room wearing a gold turban, gold sunglasses and a sparkly boa. Gloria said to call her Golden-Glo. She was there to turn Phyllis’s Thanksgiving around. Phyllis claimed she had plans, but Gloria knew that wasn’t true. She could see the chips, wine and that Phyllis had been watching true crime stories. It was hardly the way to usher in the holiday season, Golden Glo said. Phyllis said that if Glo didn’t leave, she’d be the victim of a true crime. Glo was offering Phyllis a do-over and a happy Thanksgiving. Phyllis was skeptical. Glo clapped her hands and Phyllis disappeared from the suite and teleported back to Crimson Lights.

Phyllis looked for Gloria, whom she refused to call Golden Glo. Gloria was nowhere around. Phyllis wished Gloria brought her to Hawaii or Bali instead. Sharon walked in, and she was annoyed Phyllis didn’t help earlier. Phyllis said she’d help now, but Sharon didn’t see or hear her. Phyllis realized that she was dreaming and that people wouldn’t say or do anything unless she wanted them to. Phyllis called Sharon, who suddenly noticed she was there. Sharon said Phyllis was one of the people she was most grateful for this year. Phyllis was skeptical that Sharon would say this, even in a dream. Sharon hadn’t forgotten the support Phyllis gave her during her cancer treatments. Phyllis said that was life or death and bigger than the issues they had in the past. “I was entirely responsible for all of our dust-ups,” Dream Sharon confessed.

Sharon said that yesterday, she was rude and out of line to probe Phyllis about her break up with Nick and her relationship with Jack. Phyllis wondered if she was forcing Sharon to say this in her dream or if Sharon meant it. Sharon was trying to be nice. She thought it was about time. Phyllis agreed. Sharon asked if Phyllis could spare a little time to help feed the hungry, and maybe Sharon and Phyllis could heal old wounds. Phyllis served the guests, and they broke into a round of applause for her. She basked in the adoration until Golden Glo appeared and took Phyllis to the main house at the ranch. Phyllis was dressed for a party now, and she was upset that she was in the belly of the beast. Nikki and Victor appeared. They were also dressed for festivities. Victor held a knife, while Nikki clutched a serving fork. Alarmed, Phyllis said that she didn’t come here of her own volition. Despite the menacing poses, Dream Victor and Nikki just wanted to let Phyllis carve the turkey. Nick joined everyone and said he was glad she was here. Phyllis didn’t believe that. She said she despised them, and they despised her. It was creeping her out that they were being nice, and she was leaving. Nikki and Victor urged her to stay. Nick said he and Phyllis weren’t a couple, but they were Summer’s parents, and they were friends, and he owed her a huge thank you. He finally took her advice. Nikki chimed in that it was very wise advice. Nick was referring to Phyllis’ advice to stay out of his family’s drama. Ever since he did that, some amazing things happened – Adam left town, Victoria forgave him, and Victor accepted him for who he was. Nikki was grateful to Phyllis for putting up with their family and for always being the voice of reason when she stubbornly refused to listen. Phyllis said that they should get the party started. Everyone had a great time, and Phyllis wondered why it took them so long to get to this point. Nikki said that Phyllis broke Nick’s heart, and she turned on Nikki and Victoria during the JT murder investigation. Phyllis and Nikki decided not to go down memory lane. Nikki said they were grateful to Phyllis because the guidance she gave Nick saved the Newman family. According to Nikki, they were happy and finally united, all thanks to Phyllis and her sage advice. Victor raised a toast to Phyllis, and everyone followed his lead. “Hip hip hooray!,” the Newmans exclaimed.

Phyllis found herself dropped into the Abbott celebration at Society. Jack, Traci and Ashley didn’t notice Phyllis watching from across the room. He’d had found love with someone, and his sisters were glad. Phyllis wondered who it was. Jack gushed about this woman, who was a former love he’d rekindled things with. Ashley said it could be magical to reunite with an old flame. Phyllis thought it might be her, but then she changed her mind because she knew Traci and Ashley wouldn’t be this happy about her being with Jack. Jack knew that this woman had never been his sisters’ favorite, but he thanked them for their kindness. He thought the relationship would work this time. Traci said they wanted it to. Jack noticed that his lady had arrived. Phyllis thought it was be her, and with a smile, she started to approach Jack, but then Golden Glo appeared, and she embraced Jack. Phyllis was stunned. Ashley was thrilled this incredible woman put a smile back on Jack’s face. Traci said that anyone who made their brother happy made them happy. Jack said Gloria gave him a new appreciation for life. He was grateful that Gloria took him back.

Glo saw Phyllis glaring and went over to her. “Some fairy godmother you turned out to be,” Phyllis sniped. “Oh darling, I am much too young to be any kind of mother to you,” Gloria retorted. Phyllis called Gloria Golden Ghoul. Gloria said it wasn’t her fault Jack was with her – this was Phyllis’s dream. Gloria thought that Phyllis’ subconscious set up this scenario because Phyllis was intimidated by Gloria. “Deep down you think you know I’m the one who holds the keys to Jack’s heart,” Gloria said. Phyllis thought that was crazy. Gloria pointed out that they were inside Phyllis’s head, and Gloria was relieved she didn’t have to live in it full time.

Phyllis said this dream was a mash up of irrational incidents. The Abbotts wouldn’t have dinner at Society instead of their home, and Traci and Ashley wouldn’t support Jack and Gloria. Gloria said it was happening before Phyllis’s eyes. Phyllis vowed to put a stop to it. She marched over to the table and said that there had been a mistake. “When you’re talking about the great love of Jack’s life returning, you’re clearly talking about me and not Gloria,” Phyllis announced. Phyllis pulled out a chair to sit, and all the Abbotts yelled “No!” Ashley said there was no room for Phyllis here at this table. Phyllis was sure that Traci, the kind one, would welcome her. Traci wished she could, but it wasn’t her place. Jack said maybe they could find room; it was Thanksgiving. Ashley said that was exactly why Phyllis shouldn’t be here. Ashley asked if Jack forgot how many times Phyllis broke his heart. Traci noted that Phyllis cheated on Jack with his own brother. Phyllis countered that everyone made mistakes.

Phyllis didn’t understand what happened. Her dream had been going so well, but everything changed. Traci said that was life – everything changed, and either you were driving the train or a passenger on your own journey. The Abbotts talked amongst themselves. Jack intended to ask Gloria to return to Jabot after she got back to the table. Traci and Ashley loved that idea. Traci said Gloria always had a good business sense. Phyllis disagreed, and she said that Gloria was a grifter. Billy arrived. Phyllis met him at the door and asked what he was doing here when he said he was going home to Lily. Billy wasn’t sure why he was here, and he reminded Phyllis that this was her dream. Phyllis guessed Billy was here to annoy her. Billy apologized for the way he screwed things up between her and Jack. He knew that was one of the many reasons she didn’t like him, but they weren’t all that different. He said they did good things when they worked together, like when they exposed Sally and Tara. Phyllis agreed, but she didn’t want to rehash everything and hurt Jack.

Phyllis said the dream was going well until she saw the Abbotts. Billy suggested it was the guilt busting through. Phyllis said she didn’t feel guilty, but Billy said she exiled herself from Thanksgiving because she felt like she deserved to be alone. He asked why she didn’t spend time with Summer and Daniel, and she said her kids lived far away now. Billy said her kids were doing great, and that was hard for Phyllis because she was a fighter, and fighting for her kids was second nature. Dream Billy knew Phyllis missed Nick, but he thought she was at the Abbott celebration because she missed Jack. Phyllis was near tears. She said that Jack was in Spain with Ashley. Billy said Jack was fighting for Abby, because like Phyllis when it came to family, he was all in, and when it came to love, he was relentless and that included Phyllis. Phyllis thought Jack was amazing. “And you’re not?,” Billy asked. He told her she deserved love, whether she admitted it or not.

Phyllis said Billy was hardly the expert in relationships – he couldn’t wait to toss her aside when she slept with Nick. Billy thought that worked out the way it was meant to be. He fit with Lily, so maybe his relationships with Phyllis and Victoria had to blow up. He belonged with Lily, and he thought Jack brought out the best in Phyllis. He said she was more honest with Jack, and she didn’t lash out as much. He said she trusted Jack’s advice because she didn’t question his agenda. He thought she liked who she was with Jack, that is until the guilt ruined things. “If I chose to get Jack back, I mean what would I do,” she asked. She didn’t want to ruin things. Billy was about to give his take, but Gloria appeared and said time was up.

Gloria brought Phyllis back to her suite. Phyllis was desperate to get back to Society to hear Billy’s advice. He was about to give her the answers about what to do with her life. Laughing, Gloria said that Phyllis chose very odd confidants. “Yes I do, don’t I because I chose you,” Phyllis replied. Gloria asked why Billy would have the answers. Phyllis said she and Billy were similar – they were both reckless and wild, and he figured it out and she hadn’t. He figured out how he could be a screw up while still being with the person he loved. She begged to go back to Society, but then someone knocked on the door and woke Phyllis up.

A waiter had brought up dinner with all the trimmings. Phyllis didn’t order it, but the waiter said someone did. She told him to go home to his family, and she wished him a Happy Thanksgiving. Jack video called from the plane. He was the one who sent up the food. Phyllis was so touched she almost cried. She said she had this wild dream so she wasn’t sure the food was real at first. He promised it wasn’t a dream. He’d landed in Spain, and Ashley was dealing with the airport security. It was night there, and it was too late for him to do anything regarding Abby tonight. It wasn’t easy, but Jack had managed to get a Thanksgiving meal onto the flight. He thought he and Phyllis could have Thanksgiving together. He said he would’ve invited her to the Abbott family dinner if he were in town. He asked if she wanted to have Friendsgiving, unless he was intruding on another plan. Phyllis didn’t have any other plans. They ate “together.”

Back to the Main Days of Our Lives Page

Back to the Y&R Updates Page

Y&R cast animation

Y&R Update Tuesday, November 23 2021

Young & The Restless Update

Y&R logo

Recap written by Christine

Billy went home, and he was glad to see that Lily was there, because he wasn’t sure she would be. He knew they could both use time to compress, but that wasn’t possible, because they had to come up with a strategy, since Victor never got back to him. Lily testily noted that Billy didn’t want to work together before. He knew she was upset he offered to step down without discussing it with her. She thought that he knew how she’d feel about it, so that’s why he didn’t talk to her about it first. He said she would’ve tried to talk him out of it, and she probably would’ve succeeded. The last thing he’d wanted to do was show up at Victor’s humiliated, but he did it to protect her and ChancComm.

Billy thought that, once he was out of the picture, Victor might not be as obsessed with going after ChancComm. “Of course he will. If he can get our assets at a bargain price, that’s a huge win for them. Adam already told me that’s his goal,” Lily countered. She contended that he was making things worse by cutting and running. He clarified that he sacrificed himself, he didn’t cut and run. Lily didn’t see what more Newman Media could do. They’d already gotten ChancComm’s employee to release the article, ruined their reputation and gotten their source to recant, leading to the lawsuit. Billy had a sick feeling there was more to come. Lily thought that they needed to deal with the current crisis instead of focusing on what could happen. She noted that, last time, they were so focused on what might happen that he handed Victor and Adam the weapons to use against them. “You’re referring to the audio and video evidence Adam gave Rey claiming that I threatened him,” Billy said. Lily countered that Adam proved Billy threatened him. She loved him and she knew he was trying to protect the company, but he was so impulsive that he acted without thinking of the consequences. He thought that was why it was better for him to remove himself from the situation. She said that would make things worse because it would look like an admission of guilt. He asked what she thought they should do. She felt that they should weigh their options with their lawyers and work together as a team. She asked if he was capable of doing that.

Ashland and Victoria were in her office. She was shocked when he told her that Billy offered to step down from his co-CEO position. She didn’t know what to make of it – ChancComm was so important to Billy, and she thought this was the last thing he’d do. She wondered if Lily pushed him into it. Ashland highly doubted that, since Lily didn’t take kindly to his suggestion that she cut Billy loose. Victoria wondered how her father and Adam reacted to Billy waving the white flag. Ashland said they were gleeful. Victoria assumed that this was it – mission accomplished. Ashland began to explain that Victor and Adam were waiting for Billy to let his guard down. Before he could finish his thought, he winced, and Victoria rushed over to check on him.

Ashland was fine. He said his doctors told him that the side effects of the treatment he received in Peru would be a little rough. He reasoned that it was a good thing he was experiencing side effects because it probably meant that the treatment was working. Victoria wanted to take Ashland home, but he assured her that he was feeling much better already. He segued to Billy having to swallow a bitter pill, and she thought he was enjoying this discussion. Ashland wasn’t enjoying it as much as Victoria might think. He didn’t feel bad Billy, though, because Billy tried to sabotage the wedding. Six months ago, Ashland would’ve taken satisfaction into grinding Billy to dust, but now his priority was on getting healthy to have more time with Victoria. He said he’d let Adam and Victor handle Billy and have fun torturing him. Victoria thought that would be a very big mistake. Ashland was caught off guard, because he thought she let go of her old urge to protect Billy. She said this wasn’t about saving Billy – it was about what was best for Newman/Locke.

At first, Victoria didn’t want to get involved in the war between Victor and Billy, but now she realized it gave Adam an opening to take advantage of the situation, and he’d run with it. Ashland didn’t think Victoria was being fair. He pointed out that this plan had gotten him out from under a blackmail threat that had been plaguing him for decades. She was grateful for that, but she said that Ashland was the one taking all the risks – allowing the story about the fraudulent will to get out, and any leverage that Newman Media had against ChancComm was all due to Ashland’s lawsuit. Ashland agreed. “So, if you were the one taking all the risks and you have all of the leverage, can somebody please tell me why – why oh why – is Adam and Newman Media benefiting the most?,” Victoria asked. Victoria added that a big chunk of ChancComm consisted of a division she sold to them. Ashland and Victoria smiled. He saw where she was going with this. “You know, my father, he was never okay with me selling off this division to Billy. I have to think that he would be a little bit disappointed if he didn’t try to get it back,” Victoria said. Ashland called Victoria adorably brilliant. He loved the way her mind worked.

Ashland and Victoria went to Billy and Lily’s. Ashland commented on their lovely home. He thought it was a shame that they couldn’t have gotten together here as a blended family. Billy asked what they wanted. Ashland said he and Victoria had wanted everyone to get along, if only for the kids, but Billy had other ideas. Lily asked Ashland to get to the point. Billy wanted to hear from Victoria, noting that he’d tried to get a hold of her for awhile. She noted that she’d already texted her disgust about ChancComm publishing that article. She sold him the media division, and he continually used it as a weapon against her husband. Billy stated that they were hacked, and he said Victoria knew that. “Yes, but you authorized writing it, didn’t you?,” Victoria countered. Billy surmised that Victoria was either in on the scheme from the start, or she’d figured out a way to justify it – either way, it was ugly. Ashland said they heard about Billy’s offer to Victor, and presumably, he though that stepping down would protect Lily and ChancComm. Ashland thought that Billy might be able to understand Ashland’s desire to protect his company and the woman he loved by keeping Gaines’ allegations quiet. Billy understood. Ashland asked if Billy felt regret about his reckless callous behavior. Billy asked if they were here for an apology. Ashland said they were there to make an offer.

Billy didn’t think Ashland and was going to do them any favors, since he’d aligned himself with the Newmans and Gaines to set them up. Ashland said he wouldn’t let Billy play the victim. Ashland did what he had to do to defend himself, his wife and his company from Billy’s relentless attacks. Billy noted that he’d already promised not to personally attack Ashland, and he’d never do anything to hurt the mother of his children. He said he used Ashland’s information as leverage, information they all knew was true. “Your actions forced my hand,” Ashland contended. He didn’t want to spend the first few weeks of his marriage dealing with this crap. Ashland said that now that the retraction was out there, the situation had reversed itself, and ChancComm was the ones who had to defend their integrity and credibility. Lily maintained that they could handle anything Ashland and his partners threw at them. Ashland didn’t agree. Ashland knew Billy asked Victor to try and get Ashland to drop the lawsuit. Ashland asked if Victor and Adam could really be trusted to follow through. Billy asked if Ashland was saying he was going to turn on the Newmans. “I think Ashland is trying to point out that it was a waste of time going to my father when [Ashland] is the only one that can cancel the lawsuit,” Victoria clarified. Ashland said that he could prolong this onslaught of bad press against ChancComm and release the recordings of the threats. Lily wanted Ashland to get to the point. Ashland said he and Victoria preferred to come to a swift and final resolution, in contrast to Victor and Adam, who were willing to watch Billy and Lily flail in the wind while ChancComm’s value plummeted. Ashland said they were here to make them and Jill a lucrative offer for all involved. They wanted to bring ChancComm into the Newman/Locke fold, and they’d be happy to keep Lily on as CEO. Lily asked about Billy. “Out,” Ashland said. Billy asked Victoria if she was going to go along with this plan to exploit the damage Victor and Adam did and kick him out of the company. “Oh Billy. Always so slow to catch on. This is all Victoria’s idea,” Ashland revealed.

Before you complain about this offer, I want you to remember how desperately I begged you to leave us alone,” Victoria said to Billy. For one moment, in Italy, when he deleted the Gaines video, she thought he was going to do the right thing, but he came after them the minute he got back. Billy disagreed. He said that he was trying to stop Victor and Adam from coming after ChancComm. Victoria countered that he did something that would hurt her and her husband. He reiterated that he never planned to release the information about Ashland. He didn’t expect Victor, Adam or Ashland to believe him, but he hoped Victoria would know that he was telling the truth. Victoria wasn’t willing to put that kind of power in Billy’s hands, but she was open to giving Lily a chance. Lily asked why they thought she’d want to work for them – she’d seen firsthand that Ashland could be as ruthless as Victor and Adam. Ashland said he wouldn’t be taking an active role in managing the company, since he was focused on his health. Victoria promised Lily complete autonomy. She said that, since Newman/Locke merged they owned some companies that could potentially be folded into Lily’s division. Ashland was excited to see what Lily would do with an opportunity like this. Victoria told Lily to consider what was best for Billy. Lily didn’t think that pushing Billy out of a company he was passionate about was best. Victoria said that running the company into the ground wasn’t in Lily or Billy’s best interests, neither was standing by and watching it be taking it over by Adam, of all people. “Oh my God, even now you’re trying to protect Billy,” Lily exclaimed, which made Ashland bristle. Victoria just didn’t like the idea of Adam besting either of them, especially after what he’d done to their family. More importantly, she wanted a quick and peaceful resolution to the lawsuit, because it was best for the children. “You’re worried about the children? Then why go along with this lawsuit in the first place, knowing that we were hacked?,” Billy asked. Victoria was sure Billy and Lily needed some time to think about their decision, even though they had limited options. Ashland and Victoria left.

Billy said Newman/Locke and Newman Media were in a tug of war, and ChancComm was the rope. Lily wasn’t sure that was a real offer. She couldn’t imagine Victoria wanting to upset her dad right now, so Lily wondered if this was a trick. Lily suggested that Victoria and Ashland wanted to drive a wedge between her and Billy. She noted that they buttered her up while tearing Billy down. Billy admitted that everything Victoria and Ashland said was true. He thought they meant every word they said about Lily. He admired her, and he went to Victor and offered to step down because he believed in her. She knew his intentions were good, but she didn’t think that Victor would get Ashland to withdraw the lawsuit. He asked if she was thinking of giving up. Lily said it wasn’t up to them, it was up to Jill. She said he couldn’t make unilateral decisions on things they should decide together. He said he could walk away from the company, but he couldn’t stand it if things changed between them personally. He asked if they were okay, and she said of course. She kissed his cheek, then she went upstairs.

Victoria and Ashland returned to her office, and he asked why she was so quiet. She couldn’t stop thinking about Johnny and Katie. She said they had to protect the kids from the fallout, and he assured her that they would. Victoria thought this might be a good time to send the kids to boarding school, just temporarily, until the end of the school year. She said everyone who dealt with Billy had to expect dramatic highs and devastating lows. She knew Billy would go off the rails again, and she didn’t want the kids to experience it. He assumed it wouldn’t be easy for her either.

Victoria clarified that she had no intention of rushing to save Billy. “Whatever Lily might think, I’ve learned the hard way that there’s no upside to it, and he only resents it when I try,” Victoria said. Victoria explained that the last time Billy’s life was falling apart, he beat himself up about it, and the kids were scared and confused. Her instincts told her that she needed to protect them. He asked where that left Billy. Victoria was sure he’d be fine in the long run, and Jill would help him, just like she always did. Ashland thought Billy was fortunate to have such a supportive mother. Ashland supported whatever Victoria decided. He said it might be an advantage to have the kids out of the house, if his condition worsened. She was thinking the same thing. Victoria thought it’d be nice for the kids too, because they’d gain independence. Ashland wasn’t sure Billy would go along with it, since he’d be unemployed soon, he’d want to spend a lot of his extra free time with his kids. Victoria said she could handle Billy.

Billy was at Society drinking alone at the bar. Lily was back at home looking pensive. She called Jill and left a message regarding ChancComm.

Devon had Elena come to the house to check Dominic out. Elena said it was just a heat rash. The nanny had said the same thing, but Devon wanted a second opinion. Elena told Devon about an over the counter ointment he could use. Elena watched Devon with the baby and said she loved seeing him like this. She thought back to when they first met, and he was devastated about losing Hilary and their child. She knew they couldn’t be replaced, but it seemed like a lot of healing had taken place – he had a whole life now with Amanda, Moses and Dominic. Devon agreed that he was in a better place – people told him things would get better in time, and he didn’t believe it, but they were right. He was grateful to Elena who helped him through the grief. He felt terrible that Abby was going through the same thing. Elena said Abby was lucky to have Devon, and she obviously knew it since she trusted him with Dominic. He was glad he could help. Amanda came home, and Devon kissed her hello. Amanda said the jury was ready to give their verdict.

After Elena left, Amanda called Imani with the news. Imani was coming to the courthouse, but Naya didn’t want to be there, which Amanda understood. Amanda was scared that Sutton would be acquitted. Devon told her to stay positive, and he said that if that did happen, Amanda would find a new way to hold Sutton accountable. Amanda appreciated that Devon always knew exactly what she needed to hear. They left the baby and nanny at home and went to the courthouse.

While Devon went home to take care of some things, Amanda and Imani went to Society. Imani had wanted Sutton to be brought to justice, and he was convicted, but she was having a hard time processing it. It didn’t feel real. She grew up idolizing her grandfather, and he was the center of her world. She guessed Amanda was in the mood to celebrate, though. Amanda understood that this was hard for Imani, because she had a long complicated history with Sutton. Imani wasn’t trying to bring Amanda down or tell her to be sympathetic to Sutton. Amanda said good. She stated that he’d excluded her and her twin from the family and robbed her of her chance of ever knowing her father. Imani thought that once she overcame the shock, she’d be just as happy as Amanda was. Imani asked what kind of sentence Amanda thought Sutton would get. Amanda didn’t want to speculate, but she wondered what was next for their family. She knew she and Imani would be going into practice, but what about Naya? Imani said Naya was considering moving to Genoa City. Amanda was excited by the idea. Imani wasn’t thrilled about the prospect of Naya attempting to micromanage their lives. Amanda never experienced anything like that before, so it sounded wonderful to her. Imani said to just wait until Naya started nagging her to have a baby. Imani was caught off guard when Amanda said there was a baby at her house now if Naya needed a fix. Amanda realized they had a lot to catch up on.

Devon spent time with the baby at home, playing peekaboo, taking pictures for the baby’s grandparents, entertaining him while on a call with the company. Eventually, Devon held the baby and closed his eyes. The baby started to cry, and Devon got up and walked with him. When Amanda came home, Devon was asleep on the couch with the baby in his arms.

Mariah and Elena ran into each other at Crimson Lights, and Elena detailed her visit to Devon’s place. Elena thought Devon was being a little overprotective, but she saw it all the time with first time parents. She clarified that this was a figure of speech. She knew Devon would never refer to himself as Dominic’s parent. Mariah didn’t think anyone would blame Devon if he did – he was the biological father, and with Chance gone, Mariah was sure that Abby would be happy for Devon to step into a fatherly role. Elena asked how Mariah was. Mariah said she was finally on the road to recovery. Tessa had been so supportive. Elena asked if Mariah talked to a counselor, and Mariah said that the benefit of having a therapist mom was that you got counseling in every conversation.

Sally and Chloe met at Society. Sally had the best possible news – Adam wanted to go ahead with the video project with her hosting. Chloe thought that was awesome. Sally couldn’t believe this was happening, but Chloe could because it was a phenomenal idea. Chloe noted that they’d have to put in a lot of overtime to get this off the ground. Chloe knew that the original plan was for Sally to focus on other designers, but now that she was so popular, Chloe thought that the first video should be about showcasing Sally. That sounded good to Sally, especially since she’d given up any semblance of a personal life. She was taking Chloe’s advice – she was backing off Adam as a romantic option, and she’d told him as much.

Chloe thought Sally was trying to use reverse psychology on Adam to get him to pursue her. Sally said she wasn’t playing games – she was respecting Adam’s wishes. Sally recalled Chloe’s multiple warnings that she’d be courting disaster if she went near Chelsea’s ex, so she wasn’t going to. Sally wasn’t going to jeopardize this opportunity by trying to force something in her personal life that wasn’t meant to be.

Back to the Main Days of Our Lives Page

Back to the Y&R Updates Page

Y&R cast animation

Y&R Update Monday, November 22 2021

Young & The Restless Update

Y&R logo

Recap written by Christine

Ashley went to the main house to say goodbye to Victor and to let him know Jack would be coming along. Victor revealed that he and Devon found a military pin in Abby’s room that must be Chance’s. Victor said that it wasn’t necessary for Jack to go, because Victor was going instead. Nikki was walking in, and she overheard Victor’s plans. Nikki entered and said hi to Ashley. Victor was going to delegate his office work to Adam so that he could leave for Spain right away. Nikki didn’t understand why Victor changed his plans. He said he was afraid Abby would take unnecessary risks because once Abby got something into her head, she didn’t let it go. Ashley didn’t think the military pin changed their agreed-upon plan, and she didn’t see the point of them both going to Europe. Victor was adamant that he wanted to be there. Nikki suggested that Abby might be more receptive to her mother. Ashley was afraid that if they both went, Abby would feel ganged up on. Victor thought Jack’s presence would do the same, but Ashley said that she’d be speaking with Abby alone. Nikki said that if Victor stayed, he’d have all his investigative resources at his fingertips, so if Ashley ran into trouble, he could call in a favor with one of his many connections. Ashley promised that if Abby was in Spain, she’d find her and bring her home. Victor relented and told Ashley to call when she made it to Spain. Nikki told Ashley to call day or night. Ashley agreed and left. Victor guessed he’d just stick around and help Devon with the baby, if necessary. Nikki said this was a change for Victor – normally he wanted to control everything. He said he still did.

Nick was at Devon’s house. Devon revealed that Abby might be in Spain. Nick asked if there was any chance Chance was alive. Devon said Christine and the State Department didn’t think so. Nick said that when Abby accepted the truth, she’d be even more devastated. Devon said it’d be devastating for Dominic too. Nick considered going to Spain to find Abby. Victor showed up and brought Nick up to speed. Nick was surprised Victor didn’t go to Spain, given how important family was to him. Victor said he thought he could do more good at home. Victor asked how Noah was doing and he mentioned that he hadn’t seen much of his grandson. Nick noted that Noah still had the same number, so Victor could call him. Nick said he and Devon could wrap up their business later, and he left.

Devon asked about the tension he sensed between Nick and Victor. Victor said Nick seemed to think he manipulated his children and pitted them against each other. Victor hated having tension between him and his kids. He grew up without a father and didn’t know his mother well, and he’d always been very protective of his children, apparently unbeknownst to the children. So this bothered him enormously. He said being protective was part of being a father, as Devon would one day find out. Devon said he’d never been a father, but he could only imagine. Victor said that when Dominic grew up, Devon would understand. Victor stated that Dominic would need a strong father figure now that Chance wasn’t around. Devon said he’d do anything in the world for Dominic. Victor was happy to hear that.

At the cottage, Sharon told Noah that she was going to Crimson Lights. He didn’t respond until she yelled his name. He apologized and said he was just thinking. Sharon noted that this had been happening a lot. She was concerned, and he insisted he was fine. He left for a run to clear his head. Sharon texted Nick that they should talk about Noah.

When Sharon got to Crimson Lights, Tessa was there. Sharon asked about Mariah. She’d been calling, but Mariah was hard to get a hold of. According to Tessa, Mariah was throwing herself into work. Mariah was caught off guard when Abby left the baby with Devon. Tessa thought Mariah was feeling lost again. Tessa was trying to be there for Sharon, but she was busy too – she was finishing her first LP. Noah told Sharon that Tessa asked him to collaborate on the artwork. Sharon hoped Noah said yes, because he’d been a little down, and she thought a project would be good for him. She thought he’d gotten his heart broken in London.

Jack ran into Phyllis at Crimson Lights on the patio. She invited him to join her, saying they could work on getting back to normal. He had to decline because he was on his way to Spain with Ashley to look for Abby. He said that Abby might be trying to prove Chance was alive, which broke Jack’s heart. He wanted to be there for Ashley and Abby. Phyllis thought Jack’s family was lucky to have him. Sharon walked out with an order of coffee and sandwiches for Jack and Ashley’s plane ride. She threw in some free cookies and said she hoped he found Abby. He said he and Ashley just wanted to bring Abby home so she could heal. Phyllis lent her support, and then Jack left. Sharon gave Phyllis a knowing smile.

Phyllis didn’t want to play games, so she told Sharon to just say what she had to say. Sharon wondered what was going on with Phyllis and Jack. She noticed that Phyllis and Jack seemed so close, and just a few short days after Phyllis and Nick broke up. Phyllis said her relationship with Jack was none of Sharon’s business. Secondly, Jack had been a great friend to Phyllis during this breakup, as she was sure Sharon had been for Nick. Phyllis told Sharon to zip it. Sharon thought that was a vehement reaction to a simple question, unless Phyllis had been asking herself the same questions. Phyllis didn’t need Sharon’s analysis. Sharon would hate to find out that Nick got hurt because Phyllis decided to rekindle an old relationship. Phyllis thought that was a cheap shot. She was heartbroken over how things ended with Nick, and she thought it’d be best if they just moved on. At that moment, Nick arrived.

Nick asked what was going on. Phyllis said Sharon thought they broke up over Jack, and she told Sharon to keep her nose out of it. Phyllis said everyone seemed to have an opinion on why they didn’t last, but she thought she and Nick could agree that it was no one’s business but theirs. Nick asked why Phyllis was so upset. “Because we failed. I failed and nobody but us should pass judgment. That’s for sure,” Phyllis said. She left. “Methinks she protests too much,” Sharon said. Nick stated that he wasn’t going to discuss this with Sharon, for obvious reasons. Sharon thought they should talk about Noah. Sharon said he was moping, and it wasn’t like him. She was beginning to think it was serious. Nick thought every breakup at that age was serious. Sharon wasn’t sure about that, and she couldn’t get any details out of Noah. Nick said guys were like that sometimes – he didn’t want to talk about Phyllis. Sharon thought something was different here. She was starting to think that whatever happened in London hurt Noah more than he was willing to talk about. Nick said Noah was a grown man and he was smart, so he’d figure things out. Sharon wanted to help her son, no matter how old he was.

Noah came home, and Faith walked downstairs and teased him about smelling bad after his run. He returned the banter, saying at least he’d gone outside today. He thought that she was just waking up. She clarified that she’d gone to school and the coffeehouse. She asked what was bugging him, and he asked when she turned into Mom. He admitted he wasn’t great at hiding his feelings, and she said that was because he was a terrible liar, which wasn’t a bad thing. She suggested that he unburden himself to her. Faith thought Sharon might calm down if she knew Noah had confided in someone. He asked if she was an expert, and Faith said after last year, she had a PhD in Mom-handling. She promised that she wouldn’t tell anyone what he said.

Noah met a girl in London, a fellow artist, and he fell pretty hard. Faith thought that was nice. She mentioned that she and Moses had a lot in common too. Noah said he and this girl were competitive in a healthy way – they critiqued each other’s work and celebrated each other’s success. Living the dream. He wasn’t exactly sure what went wrong, and he’d been preoccupied by trying to figure it out. The only thing he could think of was that he started becoming more successful than she was, and he thought she started resenting him because he was getting more openings, commissions and good reviews. Things got ugly, and they had bitter nasty fights. He was in love with this girl, but she left, and he was crushed. Faith was sorry. She thought he deserved someone who’d support him, not get petty and jealous. He said people were complicated and so was success. Once you got success, you realized it changed you very little. He’d tried to explain that to his ex, and she accused him of patronizing her. London became a place filled with memories he didn’t want to relive. Faith asked if he wanted the woman back. He didn’t want the turmoil back, but he didn’t want to make the same mistakes again. “Then don’t,” she said, and he laughed at the idea that it was that simple. She suggested that instead of stewing, he came to Crimson Lights with her, but she insisted that he shower first.

Back at Crimson Lights, Tessa tried to record a fun video for Mariah, but she thought it was cringey, so she deleted it. Noah and Faith came in and joined her. Sharon and Nick watched from the patio and he said that Noah looked okay to him. Inside, Noah asked what Faith wanted to study when she went to college. He hoped she’d be an artist. Tessa joked that there was a lot of money in that – which was why they were called starving artists. Noah countered with a joke on musicians’ salaries. Faith wanted to focus on the present, where her biggest decision was what dessert to have. Noah wanted a brownie, and Tessa suggested a blondie. Faith went to the counter and saw her parents peering in. Sharon waved Faith over and asked how her brother was doing. Faith said Noah was okay, and they had a good talk about this girl in London. Faith didn’t want to go into detail and break Noah’s confidence. Faith went back inside. Nick said that just because Noah wasn’t talking to his parents didn’t mean he wasn’t opening up to someone. Sharon smiled – their little girl was old enough to be a confidant to her brother.

Noah told Tessa that talking to Faith made him feel better. She was having ups and downs and she was beginning to realize that was just part of an adult. She now knew she didn’t have to plummet into despair over every bump. You surrounded yourself with people who made you laugh, and you kept going. That made sense to him. When he was with her, he didn’t feel like he was trying to be okay. She was happy and she said friends cheer you up. She asked him to help her with her video, and he said sure. She made a video for Mariah that teased Noah. Faith looked over and saw Tessa laughing.

Adam and Sally had a meeting in his office. The social media team had told Adam that Sally was a hot commodity. She confirmed the rumors – she had a lot of new followers and her email was blowing up. He thought they needed to capitalize on this. He thought it was an opportune time to follow through with Chloe and Sally’s early idea to make Sally an on screen personality. He asked if she was still interested in that kind of exposure. She was excited by the opportunity and she asked what the budget was. He told her to come up with a proposal and then they’d talk. She already had a lot of ideas, because this was kind of her plan from the beginning. He always suspected she had one, since she was too driven to leave anything to chance. He assured her that was a compliment. She said her big master plan went through one big change – she’d given up on the idea of them seeing each other outside of the office.

Sally had been thinking about Tuscany, when Adam put the brakes on and said he wasn’t ready for a new relationship. At the time, she’d held out hope that he’d come around. She was poised to have an incredible career thanks to him and Chloe, and she didn’t want to mess it up. She was drawn to him, but she’d come to accept boundaries at work. She was glad to be colleagues and friends and to focus on her impending success. She left.

Victor went to the office and told Adam that he wasn’t going to Spain after all. Ashland arrived, and he stood in the hallway listening to the conversation inside the office. Victor said that Billy came to him and offered to step away from ChancComm if Newman Media backed off and left Lily alone. Victor liked the idea of watching Billy publicly resigning. Adam asked what Victor planned to do. Adam didn’t think Victor was seriously considering the offer. Ashland walked in and said he was curious as well. Victor said that Billy’s offer came as a surprise. Victor didn’t think Billy had it in him. “Humility?,” Ashland asked. “No. knowing when to fold,” Adam replied. Victor said exactly. Victor stated that Billy never knew when to fold. Adam didn’t see why they’d waste all this work to ruin ChancComm and scooping it up just for the fun of ruining Billy. “You don’t understand how long that man’s been a pain in my side,” Victor said. Victor enjoyed seeing Billy dangling in the wind.

Ashland said he had a run in with Lily earlier, and she had no idea about Billy’s proposal. Ashland added that Lily suggested that this was all about animosity toward Billy and that Ashland was being used as a weapon. Adam said that Ashland was his own best weapon. Ashland agreed that this was personal for all of them. Ashland got what he wanted – the pleasure of seeing Billy twist in the wind after trying to destroy Ashland. Ashland was happy about how htings were going and he was going to repay the favor by going along with whatever they decided. Victor said they’d let Billy think they accepted the offer – call a temporary truce then let him have it. Adam said that when Lily gave up or Jill ordered a sale, Newman Media would buy it at a deep discount.

Ashland left. Adam asked when they would take Billy down, and Victor said they’d let him dangle over the fire a little further.

Ashley and Jack were on the plane. She was down because they weren’t going to have the holiday she thought they would – gathered around the table celebrating Dominic’s first Thanksgiving. He promised they’d have that celebration, even if it wasn’t on the actual day. She was thankful for him.

Ashley called Victor. Adam offered to help, but Victor said it was all covered. Ashley told Victor that she, Jack and Victor’s security people were on their way to Spain. Ashley’s instincts told her that Abby was going to Spain. Victor told Ashley to be safe and bring their daughter home.

Back to the Main Days of Our Lives Page

Back to the Y&R Updates Page

Y&R cast animation

Days Update Friday, November 19, 2021

Days of Our Lives Update

Days of Our Lives logo

Update written by Joseph

Devil Marlena returns to the Crypt and reveals that Susan did not actually pick the lock, he just returned and unlocked it. Susan insists that they would’ve gotten out. The Devil questions John thinking they could outwit him. Susan then runs out the door while the Devil laughs.

At the Brady Pub, Roman has a beer with Abe. Abe thought he would be sipping champagne with his bride right about now, but so much for that.

Theo asks Eli how Paulina could lie to Abe like that and comments that it was a hell of a time for Chanel to come out with the truth. Theo wonders if Lani going to see Paulina is a good idea. Eli hopes that it is.

Lani confronts Paulina in the town square. Paulina starts to say there’s so much she needs to explain, but Lani slaps her across the face. Paulina says she vowed long ago that she would never let anyone put a hand on her again, but supposes she deserved that after what she did to her. Lani asks if she has any idea how much damage she has caused and how she hurt and humiliated her along with so many other people. Lani never thought she could be more angry at her than when they found out her plans for the town square, but she’s really outdone herself. Lani says Paulina took away her brother, her mother, and her father all at once. Paulina apologizes. Lani asks who her father is anyway.

John questions the Devil not going after Susan. The Devil says he always likes to give people a little bit of hope before he crushes them.

Susan goes to the DiMera Mansion, knocking on the door and calling for help, asking where everyone is. Johnny comes downstairs and wonders what that sound was. Johnny opens the side door but now no one is there. Johnny calls it weird as he could’ve swore somebody just called his name.

The Devil transforms Susan back in to a cat and brings her back to the Crypt.

Chanel goes to the DiMera Mansion. Johnny says he’s happy that she’s here but figured he wouldn’t see her because of her mother’s wedding. Johnny says it must be his lucky day but Chanel says it’s not so lucky. Johnny asks about the wedding. Chanel responds that it was a total disaster because of her as Johnny hugs her.

Theo checks on the twins and they are still asleep. Eli thanks him for checking. Theo wishes he could sleep through this nightmare too. Theo acknowledges that Paulina is the twins’ grandmother which means that he’s not their uncle. Eli confirms that’s technically true. Theo gets if he wants to pick a different Godfather for Jules, who is actually related to them. Eli assures that he’s the best damn Godfather his daughter will ever have and nothing is going to change that, blood or not.

Roman tells Abe that he doesn’t have to talk about it if he doesn’t want to, but he and Kate were both confused as to if what Chanel said is true. Abe confirms that Paulina is Lani’s mother, not Tamara, so he is not Lani’s father. Roman wonders how that is possible. Abe calls it a long story.

Paulina informs Lani that her father, Ray, was so dangerous which is why she was so determined to protect her from him so he wouldn’t know she existed. Paulina explains that her mom hid her from him until she gave birth and then Tamara would raise her as her child. Lani questions Tamara agreeing to the lie. Paulina says that Tamara loved her as her own but her one condition was that Lani was to be her daughter, so Paulina had to promise she would never know the truth. Lani remarks that it’s the one promise she actually kept.

John asks if the Devil corrupted souls and disrupt lives. The Devil confirms it went even better than he hoped and destroyed Abe’s wedding. The Devil then says they have unfinished business here, warning that he never leaves a job half done so there is no sense in John resisting because he will have his soul. The Devil then says they are going to slip in to something more comfortable.

Johnny sits with Chanel and says it can’t be that bad as he asks her to tell him about it. Chanel reminds him about how he left her with Marlena this morning and they talked about how Paulina chose Lani to be her matron of honor. Chanel reveals that Marlena said she knew why and why Paulina lied about it. Chanel reveals that it was because of a secret she’s been carrying for years. Chanel then informs Johnny that Lani is Paulina’s daughter too.

Theo recalls finding out he had a sister and said he first acted like a spoiled brat until Lani made him come around when she wasn’t going to let him be bullied in school for his autism. Theo talks about Lani giving him confidence and helping him believe in himself like a big sister.

Paulina tells Lani that she was so desperate that she agreed to Tamara’s terms and she was sure she made the right decision, but then she gave birth to Lani in her mom’s home because the hospital was too risky. Paulina recalls holding Lani when she was born and realizing she couldn’t let her go. Paulina says she tried not to go through with it but Olivia made her realize that the best way to be a mother to Lani was to keep her safe from Ray, so she agreed to the plan. Paulina reveals that she had a lock of Lani’s hair cut when she was born and carried around with her in a locket ever since. Paulina says that gave her the strength to hand her over to Tamara.

Abe filles Roman in on the story. Roman tells Abe that giving Lani up had to be painful for Paulina. Roman says he’s not defending her but it sounds like a really terrible situation. Abe feels for her being in an abusive relationship and having to give up her child, but for her to come to town after all these years to build a relationship with he and Lani while knowing this secret could change all of their lives. Roman wonders why Paulina didn’t just stay away and leave well enough alone. Abe declares that he was dumb enough to trust her again even after what happened with the town square so he knew the type of lies that Paulina was capable of, but he still gave her another chance. Abe wonders how stupid he could be. Roman encourages that he was just in love. Abe asks why she didn’t tell him the truth then.

Paulina tells Lani that it was hard to give her up but she knew she was doing the right thing since Tamara could give her a stable home and a mother who loved her. Paulina says she vowed to never be in this position again so she started building her business and making connections in real estate to make sure she never had to depend on a man or anybody else. Paulina adds the one thing she always dreamed of was to be a mother to her. Lani responds that she had a mother. Paulina acknowledges that Tamara loved her with everything she had and she respected that. Paulina cries that she just wanted to be more than her crazy aunt. Lani brings up Paulina promising her the trip to Paris and not showing up. Paulina explains that Olivia and Tamara wouldn’t allow that when they found out. Paulina blames herself for wanting what she couldn’t have and for letting her down, breaking her heart.

Johnny questions Lani being Chanel’s sister and how Marlena even knew. Chanel informs him that Paulina told Marlena. Johnny asks about doctor-patient confidentiality. Chanel explains that Marlena saw how upset she was and wanted to help her. Johnny notes that breaking confidentiality like that still doesn’t sound like Marlena.

Marlena wakes up on the floor of the crypt entry with the Devil out of her and calls out for John.

The Devil returns to John in the Crypt as Kristen again and asks if he’s ready to pick up where they left off.

Roman suggests to Abe that maybe Paulina didn’t tell the truth because she was trying to protect Abe and Lani. Abe says that’s what she said but calls it a nice way to make her the hero of the story. Roman tells him that he’s so sorry. Abe complains that Paulina watched them celebrate, support, and love each other then she did the one thing that she promised she would never do and that’s lie to him about his family. Abe asks how he is supposed to get past that.

Lani asks Paulina if all the gifts growing up was to make up for giving her up. Paulina calls it her way of trying to express her love to her and to make up for her terrible choice of giving her up. Lani asks if paying for her twins college another make up gift. Paulina says when she heard Lani was having twins, she couldn’t stay away and thought she could be there for them like she couldn’t be for her. Lani talks about Paulina wanting to be part of their life without ever considering telling who she really was. Lani asks how she could not think that they needed to know something so important and life changing or that it was okay to keep this big lie going. Lani declares that it’s because what Paulina wants was always more important than the truth.

Chanel is just glad that someone cared enough to tell her the truth when Paulina didn’t. Johnny asks if Chanel went to the wedding to confront her. Chanel says no since Marlena told her that she couldn’t tell anyone. Johnny questions her doing so anyways. Chanel brings up the part where it’s asked if anyone objects to the marriage. Chanel says at that moment, she just felt compelled to say something. Chanel talks about exchanging looks with Marlena and it was like she could see in to her soul as if she was urging her to tell the truth. Johnny finds that weird. Chanel adds that Marlena was the one that told her that she had to keep it secret. Johnny asks if Marlena was upset that she told everyone. Chanel admits she didn’t seem upset at all but she was careful not to let on that Marlena told her. Chanel declares that she didn’t want to wreck Marlena’s life but she just wrecked everyone else’s as Johnny hugs her.

Marlena is chained to the wall and complains that there has to be a way out. Marlena sees her phone on the ground and tries to reach it.

Devil Kristen asks John if he remembers where they left off. She says she knows they connected yesterday by talking about how they met and saved each other then fell in love. John tells her to stop but she says she’s just getting to the good part. She talks about how they ended up at the Horton Cabin where they made love for the very first time.

Roman repeats to Abe that he’s really sorry that he’s not Lani’s biological father or grandfather to her twins. Roman argues that it doesn’t change anything since Abe’s love for them is real. Roman hates to see Abe in such pain and asks if there is anything he can do. Abe thanks him for listening. Roman offers him another beer or to call someone. Abe declines and says he’d just like to be alone. Roman understands and says he’s there if he needs him as he walks away.

Theo tells Eli how Abe has always been a rock for everyone, while his rock has always been family, but Paulina just blew that all to hell. Theo states that Abe may survived the bullet a few weeks ago but this will break his heart. Theo wants to find Abe to let him know they are all there for him. Eli says this is why he’s the best Godfather because of the way he takes care of his family. Eli and Theo hug. Theo tells him to let him know how Lani is doing as he then exits.

Paulina tells Lani that she knows it seems like she only kept this from her because she was trying to protect herself from the consequences of her actions, but ever since coming to town, she has wanted to tell her that she was her mom. Lani points out that something always stopped her. Paulina talks about how Olivia shut her down and then her father got shot. Lani remarks that Abe is not her father. Paulina says he’s not biologically but he is her dad in every other way. Paulina talks about Lani’s grief when Abe got shot and says she couldn’t bring herself to add to her pain. Lani realizes that’s when Paulina lied about asking her to be matron of honor without thinking of how much it would hurt Chanel. Paulina says in that moment she was thinking of her other daughter and realized she couldn’t just destroy her relationship with Abe and Theo. Lani says she destroyed it anyways. Paulina talks about how sorry she is and wishes she could do it over again, but she was convinced that lying to her was being the best mom she could be which is all she wanted. Lani declares that Paulina is not her mother and never will be as she storms off.

Johnny encourages Chanel that she only told the truth and can’t control how other people will respond to that so she can’t let it get her down. Johnny calls her incredibly brave. Chanel thinks he is just saying that to make her feel better and notes that no one has ever called her brave before. Johnny says no one knows her like he does and assures that he’s crazy about her. Johnny says it’s like all he gives a damn about is making her happy as they kiss. Chanel tells Johnny that she wants to go upstairs so they head to his room.

Devil Kristen continues reminding John of their first night together and how they showered together the next day then John made her breakfast. She says despite everything, he still loved her and wanted her and still does.

Marlena manages to reach her phone but there’s no signal. She tries to get a signal and then the phone rings.

Johnny and Chanel kiss in to his bed room. They begin to undress as they move onto the bed.

Theo finds Abe at the Pub and hugs him.

Lani comes home to Eli and breaks down crying as he hugs her.

Paulina sits alone in the town square. She opens the locket with Lani’s strand of hair and cries.

Devil Kristen talks about how John couldn’t walk away even after finding out she was Stefano’s daughter. She says she remembers every time they made love and she knows he does too. She asks if John wants to feel that alive again and how long it’s been since he’s given in to that passion. She removes John’s belt and tells him to take her right here and now while all her dead relatives watch.

Marlena’s call is from an unknown number but she answers it. It turns out to be her daughter Sami, who is also locked up, and says thank God she picked up.

Back to the Main Days of Our Lives Page

Back to the Days of Our Lives Main Page

Days of Our Lives cast animated GIF

Days Update Thursday, November 18, 2021

Days of Our Lives Update

Days of Our Lives logo

Update written by Joseph

Paulina and Chanel walk in to the church together. Paulina tells Chanel to smile as they walk down the aisle. Paulina hugs Chanel while Chanel exchanges looks with Marlena. Devil Marlena then begins the ceremony. Marlena asks if anyone objects. Devil Marlena’s yellow eyes shine as she glares at Chanel. After a brief pause, Paulina tells Marlena to continue but Chanel suddenly stands up and announces that she has something to say.

John remains tied up in the crypt while Susan bangs on the door, yelling for help and saying the Devil locked them in here. John then tells Susan to shut the hell up.

Belle goes to the police station and informs Shawn that she just came from seeing her new client, so she came to say hi. Shawn asks if she is taking the case. Belle responds that it depends on whether or not she’s willing to sue her mother.

Paulina asks Chanel what’s going on and if she has something to say to her before she gets married. Chanel responds that she has nothing to say to Paulina but she has something to say to Abe and Lani.

Susan asks John if Satan has possessed him too. John says he’s not possessed, just annoyed. John complains about being locked in here forever, so the sound of Susan pounding and screaming is making his head explode. John remarks that he’s surprised she hasn’t woken the dead by now. Susan says she can feel the dead souls in the crypt. John responds that they can’t help them, so if no one comes to save them then he’s afraid they are going to join their ranks.

Paulina asks Chanel if this is about her not being matron of honor and she thought they talked this all out together. Chanel reveals that she knows damn well why she asked Lani and it’s because Lani is not really her niece, but her daughter, shocking everyone in attendance. Lani asks Chanel what she is talking about. Chanel tells Lani that she’s sorry but it’s true. Lani doesn’t understand and states that Chanel’s aunt Tamara is her mother. Paulina tells Chanel to sit down because this is her wedding. Chanel tells Lani that they have been lying to them for their whole lives. Lani asks why she is doing this. Chanel says she’s trying to tell her they are not cousins, they are sisters. Lani calls this not right. Paulina argues that she’s not making any sense and tells Chanel that’s enough. Lani then decides to let Chanel talk. Chanel knows it sounds crazy as she just found out herself but when Lani was born, Paulina gave her away to her sister to raise as her own. Paulina claims that she doesn’t know where Chanel is getting all of this nonsense. Paulina wants to get back to the wedding. Abe asks Chanel who told her this.

Susan tells John not to give up and let Satan have Marlena’s body. Susan says she knows the horror of being possessed by the Devil and talks about what little she remembers from it. Susan asks John what she did under the spell of Satan. John then reveals that she tried to seduce him.

Abe asks Chanel again who told her that Paulina is Lani’s mother. Chanel thinks back to Devil Marlena telling her that she can’t say anything about the secret. Chanel says it doesn’t matter who told her or where she heard it as she knows the truth. Chanel tells Paulina to tell everyone about how she’s been lying all these years. Paulina claims that Chanel is her only daughter and she’s lying. Abe asks why Chanel would make up something like that. Paulina guesses she’s trying to hurt her or because she’s not maid of honor or because she cut her off. Lani tells Chanel to tell the truth. Chanel offers to swear on a bible. Paulina tells her not to do this and to let it go. Paulina claims that whoever told Chanel was mistaken and is wrong about this. Olivia then stands up and declares that Chanel is not wrong and she cannot let Paulina bear false witness in the house of God. Olivia announces that Chanel is right, Tamara is not Lani’s mother, Paulina is.

Susan tells John that she would never betrayed Marlena. John explains that she didn’t and that the Devil transformed her in to someone else. Susan wants to know what form she tempted him in. John reveals that she was turned in to Kristen DiMera. Susan can’t believe that she was doubly possessed.

Lani doesn’t understand and asks how her mother is not her mother. Olivia informs her that they made a decision as a family all those years ago. Lani questions giving Paulina’s baby to her sister to raise as her own. Olivia says she thought they were doing the right thing. Lani cries about what this means as Abe realizes he is not Lani’s father. Abe asks if it’s true. Abe tells Paulina not to try to deny it as he can see it written all over her face. Paulina claims she can explain everything and promises she will later. Paulina says to let Marlena finish the ceremony and then they can deal with this as husband and wife or as a family. Paulina doesn’t want to give up but Abe declares that there is not going to be a wedding ever. Abe then walks out of the church despite Paulina pleading with him not to go. Paulina rushes out after him in tears. Eli hugs Lani as she cries. Devil Marlena looks on with a smile while everyone else remains shocked.

Belle shows Shawn documents that Marlena convinced Julie to sign, waiving her rights to make any medical decisions as Doug’s spouse and gives it all solely to Marlena. Belle guesses she could argue that Julie didn’t know what she was signing away as she was desperate and distraught. Shawn notes that it means casting doubt on Marlena’s judgment. Belle says normally she would never but lately, her judgment seems off. Belle brings up Marlena dressing as the Devil on Halloween and then the way she treated that poor cat…

Susan wishes she stayed a cat instead of making John cheat on his wife. John clarifies that he didn’t cheat on his wife, but the Devil made it clear that he’s not giving up and that he still plans on using Susan so that he’ll betray Marlena. John explains that the Devil needs to corrupt Marlena’s soul so he can completely possess her. Susan begins to worry about the Devil coming back for her and starts banging on the door again.

Olivia hugs Chanel as she cries while Eli hugs Lani. Lani doesn’t understand any of this and declares that her whole life is a lie. Eli suggests they go talk in private, so they exit the church. Kate asks Roman if he’s okay. Roman feels so bad for Lani and Abe for this to happen on his wedding day. Kate asks if he wants to go find Abe. Roman knows Abe will want to be alone to process this and that he knows he’s there for him when he’s ready. Chanel stands up and tells Roman and Kate that she’s sorry that she ruined the wedding. Roman responds that they are not the ones she needs to apologize to. Theo tells Chanel that she didn’t have to do this. Chanel complains that Paulina was lying to Abe and Lani. Theo argues that this was Abe’s wedding day and Chanel made it about her because she was upset that she wasn’t picked as maid of honor. Theo thinks Chanel wanted to be center of attention and didn’t care who she hurt. Chanel shouts that it’s not true. Theo calls her a self-centered brat but he never thought her selfishness would destroy their family. Devil Marlena watches on looking pleased.

Eli hugs Lani and tells her they will get through whatever this is. Lani doesn’t know how to process what just happened and asks how her dad can not be her dad. Eli asks if she ever had a test after finding Abe. Lani says no because her mom said Abe was her father and she believed her. Eli understands and asks why she would lie. Lani cries about feeling so lucky to have a dad that she didn’t even question it as she couldn’t have asked for a better dad. Eli assures that this does not have to change anything but Lani argues that it changes everything.

Paulina catches up to Abe in the town square and says he can’t outrun her with a cane. Abe tells her this is not a joke. Paulina wants to talk. Abe argues that she lied to him and Lani. Paulina says Lani will always be his daughter, but Abe responds that she’s not and never was, so Paulina has cost him the most important thing in his life.

Roman and Kate go back to the Brady Pub. Kate talks about how she never trusted Paulina from day one and she just didn’t like her. Roman feels they still don’t know the whole story. Kate declares that Paulina lied to Abe so he’s better off without her. Roman thinks Kate is still mad because Paulina beat her out of the lease in the town square. Kate admits she is because Paulina tricked her in to changing the zoning to tear the town square down. Roman agrees that was a dirty trick. Kate adds that the whole town started to turn against her because of that but Abe forgave her, so everyone else did, and now she broke his heart all over again.

Paulina asks Abe to let her explain. Abe argues that she’s been lying to him since the day they met about what matters most to him. Paulina says she’s so sorry. Abe asks if she understands what it meant to him to find Lani so late in life and having a daughter like Lani was a big part of who he is as a man. Paulina says that’s a big part of the reason she fell for him. Abe argues that she made him fall for her too, but the difference is that he was honest to her about everything while she stayed silent and let him give his heart, knowing how he felt about Lani and that he loved her as his own. Paulina says she never meant to hurt him. Abe asks why she did then and how she could walk down the aisle to marry him with Lani as her matron of honor, knowing it was based on a myth. Paulina insists that what she feels for him is real. Abe argues that if she truly loved him, she could never keep this kind of secret from him. Abe declares that Paulina’s love is like everything else; one big damn lie. Paulina swears that she wanted to tell him and Lani the truth but she didn’t have a choice. Abe says of course she did, but she chose to give Lani up. Abe adds that he didn’t have that choice today, but he lost his daughter because Paulina kept the secret to cover her guilt. Paulina says she didn’t keep the secret for herself, but for Abe and Lani.

Lani talks about all the years she grew up without a father. Eli knows it must have been hard. Lani says she loved Tamara but she wasn’t always there either. Lani recalls teaching herself how to ride a bike, stand up to a bully, and build a sandcastle. Lani says she missed out on all the father-daughter moments that Eli will have with Jules. Lani adds that she came to Salem and found a father, a brother, and a family but they are not her family. Lani cries that Abe is not her father and Theo is not her brother, so it’s just her. Eli hugs Lani as she breaks down crying.

Chanel argues that Abe had a right to know that his bride was keeping this secret from him. Theo says Paulina was wrong to keep the secret but asks why Chanel had to out it this way and set fire to the wedding instead of trying to protect the people she loves. Chanel complains that the truth would’ve still broken their heart. Theo says it wouldn’t have turned their pain into a spectacle. Theo asks what on earth possessed her to do this, as Devil Marlena watches on.

Susan continues banging on the door and yelling for help. Susan complains about being used as the Devil’s tool. John points out that Susan has hair pins to pick the locks in his chains. Susan calls that a great idea and gets excited as she begins trying to free John from the chains. John instructs Susan on how to do it to bend the lock but they have no success. John decides maybe the crypt door will be easier so he tells her to hurry and try that. Susan asks what to do when she gets out. John instructs her to tell all of Salem that the Devil has Marlena. Susan vows not to let the Devil have Marlena. Susan then works on picking the lock to the crypt door.

Theo asks Chanel if she decided to blow up the wedding on her own or if she talked to somebody about it. Devil Marlena interrupts and tells Theo that’s enough as Chanel was just doing what she thought was right. Theo asks if what it did to Abe was a good thing. Marlena says judgment won’t help anything. Marlena suggests Chanel take Olivia home as it’s been a very trying day for everyone. Olivia stands up and argues that Marlena doesn’t know her life, so she can’t just send her home like some old woman. Marlena says she was just thinking it’s been difficult for everybody today. Chanel agrees that there’s nothing for them to do here. Olivia glares back at Marlena as she and Chanel exit. Devil Marlena declares her work here is done as the Devil whispers that he loves destroying a good wedding. Theo asks if Marlena said something but she says no and then exits the church.

Roman makes dinner for her and Kate as their first date this time around since even though the wedding is over, their date is not. Kate thinks Roman and Abe are both good guys, who deserve to be happy. Roman asks if this is Kate’s way of warning him that he can’t trust her either. Kate responds that he knows who she is. Roman says he may better than she knows herself, but that doesn’t scare him as she is worth the risk. Kate hopes so. Kate asks if Abe and Lani will be okay. Roman thinks they will need all the support from the people who love them if they are going to save their family.

Eli encourages Lani that she’s not alone as she has him and their kids. Eli is positive that she’s not going to lose Abe and Theo. Lani cries that it won’t be the same. Eli asks why not since he didn’t have his biological father but the father he did have loved him and that’s what mattered most. Eli knows Abe loves her, so he is her father in every way that counts and always will be. Lani asks how Eli always knows the right thing to say to make her feel better. Eli calls that his job. Lani agrees that she’s not cutting Abe out of her heart and couldn’t if she wanted to, but still feels things will change whether they like it or not because of Paulina. Eli notes that they don’t know the whole truth yet. Lani says she needs to and she needs to know why, so Eli tells Lani to go get the truth from Paulina.

Paulina reminds Abe of when she told him about her possessive and abusive boyfriend all those years ago. Paulina reveals that man was Lani’s father and when she got pregnant, she didn’t tell him because she knew he would hold on forever, so it was Olivia’s idea to hide her until she gave birth and then give the baby to her sister. Abe questions Tamara agreeing to that. Paulina says that Tamara was ready to be a mother so they made it work, but she had no idea that all these years later that Abe would assume he was Lani’s father and that Tamara would just go along with it. Abe asks if she’s saying this was Olivia or Tamara’s fault. Paulina assures that she blames herself because it was ultimately her choice and she’s had to live with that every day since. Paulina says she lived an exciting life, made a lot of money, and traveled the world but not a day went by that she didn’t think of Lani and the life they could’ve had together. Paulina says when she came to Salem and saw Abe with Lani and how happy they were, she knew she made the right choice because she protected her daughter from a very bad man and she ended up getting the very good father that she deserved. Paulina declares that she apologizes for all the lies and the way she hurt them both, but she won’t apologize for the way it turned out. Abe questions who she is coming clean for; him, Lani, or just herself? Abe adds that Paulina can tell herself all the lies she wants, but he is not going to listen anymore. Abe then turns and walks away. Paulina sits down on the bench in tears.

Kate tells Roman that this date didn’t go as she expected but she will give him a chance to make it up to her the next time. Roman asks if there will be a second date then. Kate assures there will be many dates. Kate decides she should go change. Roman kisses Kate and they hug. Roman tells Kate that he’ll be here if she decides to come back down. Kate then heads upstairs. Abe then enters the Pub. Roman asks if he can get him something. Abe says just a friend. Roman tells him that he came to the right place and hugs him.

Theo goes to Eli and Lani’s. Eli answers the door so Theo asks if Lani is okay. Eli says not really. Theo wants to talk to Lani and tell her that she’s still his sister no matter what. Eli assures that he told her that, but there’s something she had to handle first. Theo asks where she went. Eli responds that she went to confront the truth.

Lani confronts Paulina in the town square.

Chanel brings Olivia home to Paulina’s. Chanel asks Olivia if she hates her for ruining the wedding. Olivia asks if she did what she believed was right. Chanel says she thought so. Olivia says then she has nothing to feel sorry about. Chanel questions Olivia’s look. Olivia guesses it was Marlena that told Chanel to blow up the wedding. Chanel asks what makes her say that. Olivia responds that she’s been around long enough to know when the Devil’s got somebody’s tongue…

Belle finishes a call with Julie and tells her to hang in there. Shawn asks what she decided. Belle reveals that she has decided to take Julie’s case, so she is taking Marlena to court. Belle prays to God that Marlena sees the light as Shawn hugs her.

Susan tells John that picking the lock is not working so she can’t do it. John encourages her not to give up. Susan complains that it’s so rusty that it will take a miracle. Susan then successfully picks the lock to the crypt door. John instructs her to try the door. Susan opens the door so John orders her to hurry out. Susan declares that she’s going to rescue him and stop Satan in his tracks, but Devil Marlena then appears in the doorway and asks if Susan was going somewhere.

Back to the Main Days of Our Lives Page

Back to the Days of Our Lives Main Page

Days of Our Lives cast animated GIF

Days Update Wednesday, November 17, 2021

Days of Our Lives Update

Days of Our Lives logo

Update written by Joseph

Kate goes to the Brady Pub and tells Roman that it’s amazing that a couple days ago, they didn’t know if Abe would live or die, and now they are going to his wedding. Roman responds that it’s also amazing that Kate gets more beautiful every day. Roman jokes that Kate could never take a compliment so she says that she will. Kate compliments Roman’s smile and says it makes her heart melt.

Steve goes to the hospital and greets Kayla. Kayla guesses he didn’t get her text. Kayla informs Steve that she was called in for emergency surgery so she can’t go to the wedding. Steve asks if she can come later. Kayla doubts it but says she’ll try. Kayla asks him to apologize to Abe and Paulina for her which he agrees to do. Steve adds that he’s also going to have a talk with Marlena at the wedding.

Chanel is shocked after Devil Marlena reveals to her that Lani is not her cousin, but her sister, as Paulina and Lani are mother and daughter.

Lani tells Paulina that she’s confused since she said asking her to be matron of honor was a spontaneous decision she made after finding out Abe was going to be okay, but reminds her that she said she came to talk to her about it the day before Abe was shot when she said she had something to talk to her about. Paulina then admits she lied.

Abe asks Theo what he means since he’s wearing a new suit. Theo tells Abe that his clothes are fine but the problem is his ugly ass hospital cane. Abe asks what he’s supposed to do since he’s still unsteady and doesn’t want to wipe out at his own wedding. Theo says it’s a good thing that he’s got him covered and says he’ll be right back.

Lani questions Paulina saying she lied and says she doesn’t understand after she promised to never lie to her again after Price Town. Paulina claims she didn’t lie to her, but to Chanel.

Chanel asks Marlena how this is even possible. Marlena knows it’s a lot to process. Chanel asks if Paulina had an affair with Abe when he was dating her aunt. Marlena clarifies that Paulina didn’t meet Abe until she came to Salem, so Lani’s father is a guy named Ray. Chanel goes over Abe not being Lani’s father but Paulina being Lani’s mom. Marlena states that is why Paulina chose Lani to be her matron of honor. Chanel complains that it all makes sense now and declares that her mother has been lying to her for her entire life.

Kate tells Roman that she will see him at the church. Roman offers to give her a ride. Kate says she has her own car but Roman says they’re going to the same place so he suggests they go together. Kate appreciates the offer but doesn’t want him to get the wrong idea that it’s a date.

Eli and Paulina’s mom Olivia arrive at the church. Eli talks about Tamara not being able to make it because she’s on tour. Olivia informs him that the tour is not why Tamara isn’t coming so Eli asks what the reason is.

Paulina tells Lani that Chanel put her on the spot when she asked why she chose Lani over her, so she just blurted the first thing that came to her head. Lani questions Paulina calling it a spur of the moment decision when she was planning to ask her all along. Paulina argues that she couldn’t tell Chanel that as it would hurt her feelings. Lani argues that Chanel is tough. Paulina says Chanel just acts tough but she’s very fragile. Paulina adds that Chanel still has a very important role in the wedding since she’s walking her down the aisle. Lani asks Paulina why she would ask her to stand up for her and not her own daughter.

Chanel tells Marlena that this explains so much about how Paulina sees Lani compared to her. Marlena asks how that is. Chanel says Lani’s together while she’s a mess and Lani’s a role model while she’s a cautionary tale. Marlena asks if it’s always been like that. Chanel says not at all as Paulina gave her the best of everything until they got to Salem and now she’s a freeloading gold digger who needed to grow up and get a job. Marlena asks if she thinks Lani had something to do with that. Chanel says of course. Marlena says it’s unfair for Paulina to spoil her for her entire life and then suddenly turns around to belittle her. Chanel complains that Paulina cut her off while giving Lani a big check for the twins’ tuition. Chanel wondered why Paulina was so generous to babies she barely knows but now it all makes sense since they are her grandchildren. Chanel brings up Paulina saying she wished she worked less to spend more time with her little girl and now she knows who she meant. Chanel says she hadn’t seen Paulina in forever until she bumped in to her in Salem, but she dropped everything to come to this lame ass town to be with the daughter who mattered. Chanel complains that Lani is the perfect daughter and they can’t all be like her. Marlena encourages that Chanel has done very well with her bakery which must make Paulina proud. Chanel cries that she thought it would, but no matter what she does, it will never be good enough because Paulina has always loved Lani more than she loved her and always will.

Kayla questions Steve about Marlena still not getting back to her. Steve confirms he called again this morning but it went straight to voicemail. Kayla wonders why Marlena would deliberately avoid him. Steve has no idea. Kayla asks if he’s tried Brady. Steve confirms he called Brady, talked to Belle, and called Paul in San Francisco but nobody knows anything. Steve insists that something is off about all of this so he needs answers and Marlena won’t be able to avoid him at the wedding. Kayla points out that Marlena will be busy officiating. Steve says he’ll figure something out. Kayla questions if Steve is going to interrupt the wedding to demand to know where John is. Steve responds that he will do what he has to do.

Roman tells Kate that it would just be riding with a friend and not a date, so Kate accepts as long as there is no confusion. Roman reminds her that he’s made it clear that he would be very interested in a relationship with her but she said she needs space because of what happened with Jake, so he respects that. Roman brings up how they leaned on each other when Abe got shot and it seemed like they really connected. Roman says he felt really close to her when they found out Abe would be okay. Kate admits she felt close to him too but that she’s not going to jump in bed with him. Roman asks who said anything about bed. Roman then tells her to forget he ever brought it up. Roman adds that a lot has happened in the years since they were together but the one thing that never changed is that she’s the most captivating and beautiful woman he’s ever known. Roman declares that Kate is obviously never going to give him the chance so he doesn’t know why he keeps asking. Kate then stops him and says “Chowder”.

Eli tells Olivia that he thought Tamara had to be in Vegas because of her contract. Olivia says no, so Eli questions why she wouldn’t come to her sister’s wedding. Olivia thinks back to warning Paulina about Lani and Abe not finding out the truth. Eli asks if Olivia is going to tell him or not. Olivia then claims that Tamara is not coming because of Abe.

Theo presents Abe with a fancy new cane to use. Abe is impressed and says Paulina will be surprised. Theo explains that he got Paulina’s approval first as he thought it could be his wedding gift to them. Abe says Theo didn’t have to get him anything because having him home is gift enough. Theo responds that he wouldn’t miss his big day for anything in the world. Theo and Abe then exit together for the chapel.

Paulina tells Lani that she chose her to be her matron of honor because she wants her to know how special she is to her. Lani assures that she knows that because she tells her all the time. Paulina felt she had to show her because words aren’t enough. Lani calls it unnecessary but Paulina insists that it is because she’s let Lani down so many times. Lani reminds Paulina that she had forgiven her. Paulina is blessed that she gave her another chance and allowed her to stay in her life. Lani tells Paulina that she loves her. Paulina says she loves her too and wants her to know how grateful and proud she is of her which is why she chose her to be her matron of honor as they hug.

Chanel apologizes to Marlena for losing it like this. Devil Marlena understands that she’s been so hurt by her mother. Chanel questions how Paulina could have kept something like this from her for so long and if she loves Lani and Abe, how could she lie to them about something so huge. Chanel asks how Paulina can marry Abe, knowing what she knows. Marlena says she did everything she could to persuade Paulina to tell Abe before the wedding and thought she had convinced her, but she decided that she couldn’t do it because she didn’t want to hurt Abe or Lani after Abe was shot. Chanel questions never telling Abe the truth. Devil Marlena confirms that Paulina is not going to so Chanel declares that she’s going to have to do it herself.

Eli asks Olivia what she means. Olivia claims that Tamara is having trouble accepting the fact that her ex-boyfriend is marrying her sister. Eli thought Tamara and Abe had talked and that Tamara gave them her blessing. Abe and Theo then arrive to the chapel. Abe tells Olivia that they are thrilled she could make it. Abe introduces her to Theo. Eli compliments Abe’s new cane. Abe calls it a gift from Theo and they joke about Paulina being tired of the old one. Abe wants to make this the perfect day for his bride.

Kayla asks Steve if he would really interrupt the wedding. Steve admits he wouldn’t do that to Abe, but he will corner Marlena to make sure she answers his questions, starting with where John went after leaving the church. Kayla asks if he really thinks Marlena is hiding something. Steve doesn’t want to think that but notes even John told him that Marlena hasn’t been herself. Kayla agrees that it’s completely out of character for Marlena to show suck lack of compassion towards Julie and to ban everyone from seeing Doug. Steve has a theory about what might be going on with Marlena and admits it’s a little out there. Kayla says to tell her. Steve suggests maybe Marlena has been taken over by somebody else. Kayla asks what he means.

Devil Marlena stops Chanel and says she can’t say anything because Paulina told her the story in therapy so it’s completely confidential and she’s legally bound. Chanel doesn’t get why Marlena told her then. Marlena claims she could just see how much she was suffering and she wanted to help, but she can’t say anything about it. Chanel asks what if she doesn’t reveal her source or tell anyone who told her. Marlena assures that Paulina would know and feel betrayed and then she could lose her license. Marlena admires Chanel’s desire to tell the truth and knows it must be hard to stay silent but that’s the way it has to be. Marlena says she has to get going to the church. Chanel questions how she can marry Paulina and Abe, knowing what she knows, since Abe is her friend. Marlena says Abe being her friend is why it’s so difficult to stay silent but that’s how it has to be. Marlena offers Chanel a ride to the church and says they can talk more on the way. Chanel responds that she’s not going because Paulina’s first lie was bad enough but after this, she can forget it. Marlena insists that she has to go to her mother’s wedding. Chanel asks how she is supposed to walk her down the aisle and watch her take a vow to love, honor, and cherish Abe while knowing that she’s been lying to him about something life changing. Marlena says sometimes they just have to dig deep and figure out the right thing to do. Marlena then declares that in this case, that’s up to Chanel.

Kate tells Roman that saying chowder is giving him the word. Kate explains that she is saying yes to pursuing a relationship and to him romancing the hell out of her. Roman says he sees. Kate questions if that’s it after everything he said and if he’s going to leave her hanging like this. Roman jokes that she took forever so he would think she could wait a few seconds as he then kisses Kate. Kate is glad he finally understood what she was saying. Roman jokes that he was just having way too much fun messing with her and apologizes. Kate is glad they have everything clear now. Roman and Kate decide it’s official that they are going on a date to the wedding together as they exit the Pub.

Kayla questions who Steve is talking about when he says Marlena was taken over by somebody else. Steve brings up Hattie Adams and notes that it wouldn’t be the first time. Steve adds that no one has heard from Hattie in months. Kayla reminds him that Hattie was on good terms with Marlena when she left and she practically saved the day when Steve was Stefano, so she doesn’t think Hattie is the one causing trouble. Steve wonders what the hell is wrong with Marlena if it’s not that.

Devil Marlena arrives at the church and remarks that she loathes this place.

Abe can’t wait to see Paulina walk down the aisle. Eli says he has to go give Paulina something so he’ll be right back. Eli exits as Devil Marlena enters. Marlena praises Abe and Theo. Olivia tells Marlena that it’s been a long time but it’s nice to see her again. Marlena asks Abe how he is. Abe says he’s walking on air and shows off his new cane. Theo goes to make sure everything is set up. Abe assumes that Paulina told Olivia that Marlena is officiating today. Marlena calls it her great pleasure. Olivia jokes that she doesn’t look like any preacher she’s ever seen.

Paulina wipes her tears and says she’ll have to fix her mascara. Lani says there is first something that she has to talk to her about but there’s a knock at the door. Paulina assumes it’s Chanel but it’s Eli. Paulina jokes that this is girls only. Eli apologizes for interrupting but says Julie wanted him to give her something. Lani questions Julie not coming. Paulina explains that Julie called this morning to say she was too upset about Doug. Eli assures that she’s thinking of them both but wanted Paulina to have the key bracelet as something borrowed. Paulina confirms it will be returned when she becomes a married lady. Lani presents Paulina with blue earrings as something blue and something new, saying that each earring is from one of her twins. Paulina thanks her and calls them gorgeous. Lani says now she just needs something old, so she brought a couple of options. Paulina tells her that she has that one covered. Paulina pulls out a locket that she has had for many years and calls it a family treasure. Lani calls it beautiful. Paulina didn’t think it would be possible to be this excited. Paulina exclaims that Abe is going to make a full recovery, she’s about to get married, and she has Lani has her matron of honor so everything is perfect. Paulina hugs Lani as Chanel arrives and declares that she couldn’t agree more that today is going to be one of the happiest Days of their Lives. Eli says he’s going to check on the kids since they have a new babysitter so he wants to call and make sure everything is going smoothly. Paulina sends her love while Chanel looks uncomfortable as Eli then exits. Paulina asks Lani about saying she needed to talk to her about something. Lani decides that can wait as they need to get her ready. Paulina tells Chanel it’s about time she showed up as she was starting to wonder. Chanel tells her that she’s here so she can stop wondering. Paulina points out that Chanel is late and she doesn’t want to keep everyone waiting. Chanel complains that she was late because she had to drive her 3 tiered wedding cake to the reception. Chanel says it looks like Paulina is all set so she doesn’t need her for anything else. Paulina insists that she needs her as she’s the one and only person to walk her down the aisle, her only baby girl. Lani asks if they are all good then. Paulina says they are so Lani says it’s time to get her in the dress.

Abe talks about Marlena performing a number of weddings in Salem and she is a superb officiant. Olivia argues that in her day, people got married by a male preacher. Marlena says it’s a different time and people are more enlightened now. Roman and Kate arrive. Roman hugs Abe and tells him how great he looks. Kate is glad Abe is okay and agrees that he looks fantastic. Abe introduces Olivia to Roman and Kate. Roman says Abe is marrying a terrific woman and jokes that they might not have ended up together without a push from him. Kate knows she and Paulina had differences but notes that Abe is radiating joy, so anyone who makes him that happy is good with her. Marlena then remarks that Kate looks delightful, so she thanks her. Roman mentions getting a text from Kayla that she has to be in surgery, so she won’t be able to make it, but Steve should be there any minute and he seems anxious to talk to Marlena. Devil Marlena then steps away and declares that it’s time for Steve to go on a wild goose chase.

Kayla tells Steve that she has to go, so they will talk later. They kiss goodbye as Steve says he’ll miss her at the wedding. Kayla mentions texting Roman that she wasn’t coming and that Steve was on his way. Steve says he’ll get going but then gets a call from an unknown number. Steve answers the call and asks who it is.

Paulina puts on her wedding dress. Lani tells her that she is stunning. Paulina asks what Chanel thinks. Chanel responds that it doesn’t matter what she thinks. Paulina asks if everything is okay. Chanel complains that she’s just tired because she was up all night, baking her wedding cake. Lani is sure it’s perfect. Chanel agrees with Lani that Paulina looks beautiful. Paulina jokes that Chanel wouldn’t lie to her. Chanel responds, emphasizing that she would never do that. Paulina then says it’s time to get the show on the road.

Kayla asks Steve about his call. Steve says it was someone who might have a tip on a possible location of John. Kayla asks if it will pan out. Steve says it might so he should get on it right away. Kayla questions missing the wedding. Steve insists that this is important. Steve decides he’ll get in touch with Abe to tell him that they will make it up to him soon. Steve kisses Kayla and says he’ll keep her posted as he exits the hospital.

Abe gets Steve’s text that he won’t be able to make it. Devil Marlena calls that a shame and goes to take her place at the altar while glaring at the bible. Devil Marlena remarks to herself that she’d like to burn that thing. Theo asks Abe if he’s ready. Abe says with him by his side, he is. Lani enters and walks down the aisle to join Abe as they hug. Paulina and Chanel walk in together. Paulina tells Chanel to smile as they walk down the aisle. Paulina hugs Chanel while Chanel exchanges looks with Marlena. Devil Marlena then begins the ceremony. Marlena asks if anyone objects. Devil Marlena’s yellow eyes shine as she glares at Chanel. After a brief pause, Paulina tells Marlena to continue but Chanel suddenly stands up and announces that she has something to say.

Back to the Main Days of Our Lives Page

Back to the Days of Our Lives Main Page

Days of Our Lives cast animated GIF

Days Update, Tuesday, November 16, 2021

Days of Our Lives Update

Days of Our Lives logo

Update written by Joseph

Paulina makes breakfast for Abe at home and they talk about preparing for their wedding. Paulina mentions having surprises. Abe says he can’t wait to hear them. Abe is glad that she gave up on wanting to postpone the wedding. Paulina exclaims that she can’t wait to be Mrs. Abraham Carter.

Eli goes to see Julie at her home. Julie asks if he should be getting ready for the wedding of the century. Eli says he’s the king of low maintenance. Eli says he’d love to escort her to the wedding but Julie tells him that she’s not going. Eli asks if she’s sure he can’t change her mind since Lani is doing her matron of honor duties while he’s dying to be accompanied by Julie. Julie says she’s already given her regrets to Abe and Paulina as she would just be sad because she can’t think of anything but Doug. Julie is so worried about Doug and cannot understand how Marlena can stop her from seeing her own husband. Eli questions Kayla still not getting through to Marlena yet. Julie says that Kayla can’t reach her so she’s not going to sit here and take this anymore.

Belle wakes up in bed with Shawn. Belle tells him that she had another nightmare about Marlena. Shawn asks if she was possessed by the Devil again.

Devil Marlena gets a call from Steve. The Devil guesses Steve is looking for John. The Devil remarks that he could tell Steve that John is trapped in the crypt with Susan Banks just to see the look on his face, but it’s not a video call, so the Devil rejects the call instead.

Ben and Ciara sit at home, reading a book about preparing for the baby. Devil Marlena shows up at the door as Marlena. Marlena says she wanted to update them on a conversation she had with Susan. Ben asks if Susan said anything else about the evil presence she felt around their baby. Marlena responds that she did.

Abe tells Paulina that Kayla told him that she never had patient have as quick of a recovery as he did. Abe credits his motivation and says he’s feeling no pain. Abe adds that he didn’t take any pain pills today so he’s just on a natural high on life, love, and feeling fine. Paulina then starts sneezing, so Abe asks if she has a cold or if she has cold feet.

At the bakery, Johnny questions Chanel not going to her own mother’s wedding. Chanel says she’s sorry if he had his heart set on being her plus one. Johnny asks what’s wrong as he thought she was okay with Paulina marrying Abe. Chanel responds that she loves Abe as he’s a great guy and would be a great stepfather, so he’s not the problem. Johnny asks what or who the problem is then. Chanel responds that it’s the matron of honor, her dear cousin Lani.

Lani and Theo get prepared for the wedding. Lani is glad Theo is in Salem for awhile. Theo says it’s been great spending time with her. Lani is glad to have caught up with him too but notes that the babies made her pay for it at 3 AM. Theo comments on the baby thing being harder than it looks. Lani hopes the twins didn’t scare him away from being a father. Theo responds that he’s just thinking about Ciara and the children they might have had but now Ciara and Ben are happily married. Lani knows that must be hard for him. Theo says it’s not just that. Lani asks if something happened. Theo reveals that he saw Ciara and Ben in the town square and it was beyond awkward and then Ciara dropped a baby book, so like an idiot he questioned her having a baby. Theo informs Lani that Ciara is pregnant with Ben’s baby.

Ciara asks what Susan said this time. Ben wonders who Susan thinks is going to try to hurt their child. Marlena says if they are sure they want to know, Susan said it was the Devil.

Johnny asks Chanel what she has against Lani and if something happened when they talked last night. Chanel explains that Paulina said it was a spur of the moment decision to have Lani being her matron of honor but that was a total lie.

Abe asks if Paulina is coming down with something. Paulina refuses to be sick on her wedding day but Abe says it might not be up to her. Paulina sneezes again and says he might be right. Abe asks when she started feeling ill. Paulina complains that she didn’t and then blames that damn cat which Abe questions. Paulina says it was Marlena’s and if she knew she had a cat, she wouldn’t have gone over there yesterday. Abe questions Marlena having a cat. Paulina informs him that Marlena said the cat’s name was Susan.

Belle tells Shawn that in this nightmare, Marlena was not possessed by the Devil but they were on Death Row in the execution chamber except this time Marlena was the executioner and she was killing the stray cat they saw yesterday. Shawn suggests it’s better off at the shelter. Belle thinks Marlena has been acting weird lately, ever since they got back from seeing Claire. Shawn says that she seems fine to him. Belle says not to her but she might just be rattled because John is away on a case. Shawn asks if she’d feel better if they go check on Marlena. Belle agrees that it would. Shawn says they’ll go check on her after breakfast. Shawn then kisses her so Belle asks who needs breakfast as they kiss back in to bed.

Eli is sorry that Julie has had to wait so long to see Doug and says he would’ve driven her back the next day. Julie understands his card has been full and it’s not his problem. Julie says it shouldn’t be a problem but she doesn’t get how Marlena has the right to stop her from seeing her husband. Eli agrees and declares that tomorrow morning, he will take her to Bayview to see Doug and they aren’t leaving until it happens.

Ciara questions the Devil being after their baby. Marlena says that’s what Susan said, but she thinks she knows what happened and claims that Susan just watched Rosemary’s Baby a few nights ago, so it might’ve influenced her subconscious. Ciara mentions her and Ben seeing that on TV too. Marlena says they didn’t think it meant the Devil was trying to get their child because they are rational people. Marlena laughs off the idea as ridiculous.

Theo doesn’t know why he was surprised since he knew Ciara and Ben were married but her being pregnant seems so fast since a couple months ago, she was engaged to him as they talked about starting their own family one day. Lani understands it’s upsetting. Theo doesn’t want to be upset as he wants Ciara to be happy. Theo wishes he would’ve told her that yesterday. Lani encourages that he still can. Theo assures that he will. Theo then says speaking of difficult conversations and asks how her conversation with Chanel went. Lani says it went surprisingly well and says she told Chanel that she was uncomfortable that Paulina asked her to be her Matron of Honor but Chanel promised she was totally fine with it.

Johnny asks Chanel if Lani told her that Paulina lied to her. Chanel says Lani was trying to explain how Paulina decided to ask her to be matron of honor instead of her and mentioned that Paulina was about to ask her right before Abe got shot, so that story was a total lie. Chanel declares that Paulina never wanted her to be matron of honor and wanted Lani all along.

Abe questions Marlena having a cat named Susan. Abe can’t imagine Marlena naming her cat after Susan Banks. Paulina suggests the cat was already named and continues to complain about the cat as she sneezes again. Abe then questions what Paulina was doing at Marlena’s last night.

Marlena continues to assure Ben and Ciara that Susan’s vision was just from the movie and not from anything satanic. Marlena then claims that Susan went back to Memphis so they won’t have any more predictions of doom and gloom about their baby. Marlena encourages that from now on it will be smooth sailing and she can’t wait to meet their baby.

Johnny questions why Paulina would want Lani as her matron of honor instead of her, arguing that it doesn’t make sense. Chanel says it does if Paulina loves Lani more than she loves her. Johnny calls that absurd. Chanel says it’s obvious and she’s just surprised that it took her so long to see it. Chanel talks about Paulina’s pride and asks how she can take pride in her when she’s a never ending disappointment. Johnny assures that no one could consider her a disappointment. Chanel talks about marrying Xander for his money and she couldn’t even get that right. Johnny brings up the bakery but Chanel says it’s too little, too late especially compared to what Lani has accomplished in her life. Chanel thinks Paulina just wanted to give her a participation trophy by allowing her to walk her down the aisle and she even lied about that to spare her feelings. Chanel cries that she thinks Paulina wishes Lani was her daughter instead of her as Johnny hugs her.

Lani tells Theo that they have to get a move on before Paulina has a fit. Theo says he’ll meet her there as he has some errands to run on the way. Lani tells him to be there on groom’s duty asap. Lani jokes that this day and the family is going to drive her crazy but she wouldn’t change it for anything in the world. Lani says they are celebrating her aunt marrying their father. Theo jokes about them being an extended family. Lani knows it must be a little strange for him too. Theo says nobody can take his mom’s place but Paulina is great and jokes about the last time he got a new family member. They hug and say I love you to each other.

Julie tells Eli that it’s so kind of him to try to help her get in to Bayview to see Doug but he has other priorities. Eli assures that she will always be a top priority for him. Eli says he has to go pick up Paulina’s mom from the airport. Julie wants to give him a trinket to give Paulina for her something borrowed. Julie presents a key bracelet that Doug had made for her when he was mayor of Salem as he said the First Lady of Salem should always have a key to the city. Julie starts to cry about Doug being all alone and so frightened in Bayview. Julie tells Eli to tell Paulina that the trinket is from the old First Lady of Salem to the new First Lady of Salem. Eli says she’ll always be the First Lady of Salem to him and calls her the most thoughtful person he knows. Julie says she wasn’t when Paulina first came to town as she thought she was up to no good. Eli points out that Paulina wasn’t exactly an angel with Price Town. Julie understands it was her vision even if it was inappropriate and not wanted in Salem. Julie believes Paulina is a good woman at heart and more importantly, good for Abe. Julie adds that she can admit when she’s wrong.

Paulina thinks back to telling Marlena that she has to keep her secret about Abe not being Lani’s father. Paulina then claims to Abe that she just went to see Marlena to make sure she was ready, willing, and able to officiate their wedding. Abe notes that Marlena is usually quite reliable and asks if it was something in particular. Paulina says after the week they had, she didn’t want to take any chances as she doesn’t want anything to get in the way of their wedding today.

Belle and Shawn go to Marlena and John’s but Marlena is not home and not answering her phone. Belle wonders where she could be. Shawn suggests she could be with a patient. Belle notes that she took the day off for Abe’s wedding. Shawn suggests she already left for the church. Shawn then finds Susan’s cross on the floor. They wonder what it is and where it came from.

Ben asks Ciara if something is wrong. Ciara says that when Marlena touched her stomach, it felt like the baby kicked even though it’s far too early for that to happen. Ben encourages that he just read she has another 12 weeks before that can happen. Marlena jokes that the baby must just be excited to meet her. Marlena mentions having to go officiate Abe and Paulina’s wedding. Ciara points out that they didn’t open her gift yet. Marlena says they can open it anytime. Ben thanks Marlena again for coming by, the gift, and for putting their mind at ease about Susan. Marlena says it was her absolute pleasure as she exits.

Lani goes to Paulina’s and hugs Abe, telling him that he’s looking good. Abe responds that he’s feeling good. Lani says it’s time for her and Paulina to get to the church and get her ready. Lani adds that Chanel is meeting them there and Theo had to run an errand but he will be there. Paulina reminds that they are on a strict schedule. Abe jokes that he can dress himself. Paulina and Lani joke about the walking cane that the hospital gave Abe. Lani says Abe being able to walk at all is a miracle. Paulina calls herself the luckiest woman in the world to be marrying Abe today. Paulina adds that Lani standing up for her is the cherry on top. Lani assures there is nowhere else she’d rather be as they hug. Paulina says she doesn’t know how much that means to her.

Julie reminds Eli that the trinket is only their something borrowed but she wants it back. Eli reminds Julie that he’ll be there first thing in the morning to take her to Bayview to see Doug. Julie hugs him and thanks him. Eli adds that he will call Marlena to see if he can get to change her mind. Eli tells Julie that he loves her and exits the house. Julie looks at an old photo of her and Doug. Julie cries that she’d love to go to the wedding with Doug on her arm instead of sitting her fretting over Marlena’s laws. Julie then asks why she has to wait until tomorrow.

Ciara asks Ben if what Marlena told them about what Susan said shook him up at all. Ben says of course not as obviously the Devil is not after their baby. Theo then shows up at their door and asks if it’s an okay time. Ciara invites him in and says she thought he was supposed to be at Abe’s wedding. Theo says he is on his way there now but had an errand on this side of town so he decided to swing by. Ben tells Theo that it’s good to see him again. Theo states that the reason he came is to apologize because when they told him they were having a baby, what he wanted to say is congratulations. Theo wishes them every happiness.

Belle tells Shawn that the cross is too big to be jewelry. Shawn adds that it doesn’t think like something John and Marlena would own. Belle remarks that it looks like something Susan Banks would have in that big purse of hers. Belle then remembers that Susan was there yesterday. Shawn wonders what it was doing on the floor if it is Susan’s. Belle then gets a call and says she can go there now. Belle hangs up and informs Shawn that she just got a new case so she has to go. Shawn says it must be urgent if she has to go right now. Belle says it sounds like it is, so the cross will have to remain a mystery for now. Belle hopes that Marlena can explain all of it, if they can ever track her down. Belle and Shawn then exit the house.

Devil Marlena walks through the town square and gets a call from Eli but rejects it. Johnny sees her and greets her with a hug. Marlena says she came to support the local bakery and asks what he would recommend. Johnny calls on Chanel. Chanel says she has to try a slice of Angel food cake but Devil Marlena turns that down and says she wants something less healthy. Marlena decides on Death by Chocolate. Johnny then introduces Marlena to Chanel. Marlena recognizes her name as Paulina’s daughter. Chanel remarks on the way Paulina is acting. Johnny explains that Chanel is having a rough day. Marlena says sometimes it helps to talk about it. Chanel says she doesn’t want to trouble her. Marlena says she’s a therapist and that’s what she does. Johnny gets a text from the bank and he has to sign some papers immediately. Chanel tells him to go take care of it and she’ll make sure Allie gets his script. Johnny is unsure about leaving her like this. Chanel insists that she’ll be fine. Devil Marlena thinks back to Paulina telling her about keeping her secret and promising not to tell anyone. Marlena then tells Johnny to go ahead as she and Chanel will be just fine…

Ciara thanks Theo. Ben adds that Theo coming by and being genuinely happy for them means a lot. Ciara adds that Theo has nothing to apologize for since she’s the one who hurt him and it was the last thing she ever wanted to do. Ciara hopes they can still be friends. Theo says always and that he has to go the wedding. Ciara stops him and asks if she can give him a hug which Theo allows.

Paulina and Lani get prepared for the wedding. Lani calls her mother and Paulina two of the most beautiful women she’s ever seen. Paulina talks about having Lani and Chanel by her side and she can’t imagine anything more perfect. Paulina thought Chanel would’ve been here by now. Lani assures that she will be and says they had a really good talk last night. Paulina is glad because Chanel was kind of stand offish at the hospital last night, so she hopes Chanel isn’t holding a grudge against her.

Devil Marlena sits with Chanel, who tells her that she feels Paulina is favoring Lani over her. Marlena remarks that she’s sure Chanel is right which she questions. Chanel asks if Paulina told her something. Marlena says just enough to know that Chanel should trust her instincts. Chanel begs Marlena to tell her what Paulina said to her. Marlena says Paulina said enough for her to know that there’s a reason that she treats Lani differently. Chanel asks if she knows what that is. Marlena responds that she’s afraid she does.

Theo joins Abe at Paulina’s to get prepared for the wedding. Theo tells Abe that this is not going to work at all.

Lani promises Paulina that Chanel is fine as they talked about her being Matron of Honor. Paulina encourages that Lani will handle the job beautifully like she does everything. Lani thinks she was more uncomfortable with the situation than Chanel was. Paulina assures that she has no reason to be uncomfortable as she explained to Chanel that she asked Lani to be her Matron of Honor on a spur of the moment, because she had been through so much after Abe was shot. Lani reminds Paulina that she said she was going to ask her to be her Matron of Honor the night before but Abe got shot, so she questions her now saying it was a spur of the moment decision. Lani asks what’s going on.

Chanel asks Devil Marlena what Paulina told her about her and Lani. Marlena remarks that revealing that would break doctor-patient confidentiality and that’s a cardinal sin. Chanel cries that she’s been torturing herself trying to figure out what’s been going on with her and her mom, so if she knows something that could help her understand why Paulina chose Lani over her to be matron of honor, she has to tell her. Marlena says she hates to see her suffering like this, so maybe God and the medical board will forgive her for breaking her solemn oath. Marlena then reveals to Chanel that the reason Paulina chose Lani to be her matron of honor is because Lani is not Paulina’s niece, but her daughter.

Belle goes to see Julie. Julie says that was good timing since she just called the office a little while ago. Belle says that her assistant said she should rush right over so she asks what is so urgent. Julie responds that she has a problem and thinks Belle’s legal skills are needed to solve it. Belle is happy to help if she can and says she could use the distraction. Belle asks what she needs. Julie responds that she wants Belle to sue her mother for her.

Ciara and Ben talk about how sweet and supportive Marlena is. They open Marlena’s gift and it’s a necklace to call the baby’s guardian angel to watch over them. Ben then puts the necklace on Ciara. Ciara reads the note which says “I know your baby is destined to do great things” After putting it on, the necklace then flashes red.

Back to the Main Days of Our Lives Page

Back to the Days of Our Lives Main Page

Days of Our Lives cast animated GIF